ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 24 Replies to Technical Inquiries April 30, 2012 through December 16, 2013 GENERAL INFORMATION It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used. ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcom- mittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity. For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to Appendix Z. NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume. I-1 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --```,``,`,`,,,``,```,,`,,,,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
ASME B31.3INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 24
Replies to Technical InquiriesApril 30, 2012 through December 16, 2013
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers inchronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or ifnone is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequentrevisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical andeditorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review ofthe interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revisedreply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case wherean interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additionalinformation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcom-mittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer toAppendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretationsby location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
I-1
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: Table 323.2.2, Notes (3) and (5), Impact Testing (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-57
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, if a material meets the requirements ofTable 323.2.2, Note (3) exception to impact testing requirements, does it matter what size specimenis obtainable as described in Note (5)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 24-02
Subject: Table 341.3.2 and Paras. 341.4.1, 341.4.2, and M341.4, Radiography for Fillet Welds(B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-102
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, is it a requirement to perform radiographyon fillet welds?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3, if indications are detected in the base metal or aweld not required to be examined, are the indications required to be evaluated?
Reply: The Code does not specifically address this issue. However, the Introduction states thatthe owner is responsible for imposing requirements supplementary to those of the Code ifnecessary to assure safe piping for the proposed installation. Also see para. 300(c)(4).
I-3
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: Fig. 323.2.2B, Design Minimum Temperature According to ASME B31T (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-243
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, may Fig. 323.2.2B be used for impact-testedmaterials in the same manner as described in the ASME BPV Code rules?
Reply (1): No. See interpretation 20-13R.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, is the use of ASME B31T, StandardToughness Requirements for Piping, mandatory?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, does Fig. 323.2.2B apply to UNS S31803(22Cr duplex)?
Background: An EPC (Engineering, Procurement, and Construction) contractor has beenawarded a contract to engineer, procure, construct, and install a pressure piping system.
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3 allow an EPC contractor to act as the owner’s inspector untilthe piping system is complete and ready to be turned over to the owner?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 allow the owner to designate in writing an employee of theEPC contractor to act as the owner’s inspector until the piping system is complete and ready tobe turned over to the owner?
Reply (2): No.
I-4
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, is a separate qualification of the weldingprocedure required for each combination of base material specification(s) forming a joint inChapter IX, High Pressure Piping, even if the material type or grade remains the same?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. K328.2.1(b).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, if a welded joint comprised of two differentmaterial specifications with the same type or grade in Chapter IX, High Pressure Piping, isqualified, does the welding procedure also qualify welding of each individual base material toitself?
Reply (2): No; see para. K328.2.1(b).
I-5
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: Para. 345.2.2(a), Examination During Leak Testing (B31.3-1996 Edition ThroughB31.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-56, 12-666
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through ASME B31.3-2010, para.345.2.2(a), must examination for leaks be performed in accordance with the visual examinationmethod in para. 344.2?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Other than sensitive leak testing, do ASME B31.3-1996 Edition throughASME B31.3-2010, define leak testing examination requirements?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through ASME B31.3-2010, para.345.2.2(a), must personnel performing the examination for leaks be qualified for visual examina-tion per paras. 342.1 or 344.2?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through ASME B31.3-2010, para.345.2.2(a), must leak testing be performed in accordance with a written procedure for visualexamination?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): Other than sensitive leak testing, do ASME B31.3-1996 Edition throughASME B31.3-2010 require compliance with the requirements of ASME BPV Code Section V,Articles 9 or 10 for leak testing?
Reply (5): No.
Question (6): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through ASME B31.3-2010, duringa hydrostatic leak test, if the examiner is satisfied that the requirements of para. 345.2.2(a) aremet, is a 100% visual examination (i.e., a visual examination of 360 deg of the pipe or jointsurface) of each joint or connection required?
Question: If one welder makes the tack welds in a circumferential butt weld and another welderwelds the root pass and remainder of the weld, is it required that the welder who made the tackwelds be represented in the sample examinations required by para. 341.4.1(b) or the progressivesampling of para. 341.3.4?
Reply: No.
I-6
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, para. 307.1.2, Unlisted Valves, if valve pressure–temperature ratings are established by the method set forth in ASME B16.34, Appendix B, is itnecessary to qualify the pressure design in accordance with ASME B31.3, para. 304.7.2?
Question: In ASME B31.3-2010, for the installation of instrument tap type branch connections,do the weld types specified in ASME Section VIII, Division 1, UW-15(b) (i.e., welds that requireno strength calculations) and corresponding acceptable welding types shown in UW-16, whichinclude not-fully-penetrated branch connection groove welds, comply with the acceptable weldingdetails shown in ASME B31.3, para. 328.5.4?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, para. 345.5.4(a), with or without the owner’sapproval, does the Code permit pneumatic testing in excess of 1.33 times the design pressure?
Reply: No; however, see para. 300(c)(3).
I-7
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: Table 302.3.5, Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factor, W (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1728
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, Table 302.3.5, is the weld strength reductionfactor, W, for P91 alloy steel material (CSEF subcritical) at 950°F equal to 0.5?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, Table 302.3.5, should the weld strengthreduction factor, W, for P91 alloy steel material be the same value as in ASME B31.1-2010?
Reply (2): The ASME B31.3 Committee is unable to provide the information you have requested.The Committee does not respond to requests for rationale. Code rules reflect not only technicaldata and safety criteria, but also the collective experience of the Committee members. Interdepen-dence of rules in various Chapters also plays a part in any given requirement.
If you believe, however, that a particular Code rule or rules may benefit from considerationof new or additional data and approaches, the Committee welcomes your desire to contribute.We invite you to submit pertinent material for transmittal to the Code Section Committee involved.
If you desire, an invitation can be extended for you to attend a meeting of the Committee atwhich the material will be discussed. We appreciate your interest.
I-8
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: Chapter IX, High Pressure Piping (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 12-1782
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2012 require compliance with Chapter IX, High Pressure Piping,under any circumstance other than when such compliance is specified by the owner?
Reply (1): No; see para. K300(a).
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2012 require that piping designed for a pressure in excess ofthat allowed by ASME B16.5, Class 2500 rating for the specified design temperature and materialgroup be designed in accordance with Chapter IX if the piping system is not designated by theowner as being in High Pressure Fluid Service?
Reply (2): No; see para. K300(a).
Interpretation 24-14
Subject: Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing for Metals (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 12-2057
Question (1): Do rows 4 through 7 of Table 323.3.1 of ASME B31.3-2010 apply to welds usedin the manufacture of piping components?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Do rows 1 through 3 of Table 323.3.1 of ASME B31.3-2010 apply to welds usedin the manufacture of piping components?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 24-15
Subject: Para. 328.5.4 and Fig. 328.5.4D, Welded Branch Connection (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-76
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2010 permit the use of a complete (full) encirclement split-tee asa branch connection, where a branch pipe is butt welded to the branch opening of the split-tee,if the requirements of paras. 303 and 304.7.2 are met?
Reply: Yes. See also paras. 300(c)(3) and 300(c)(4).
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, para. K328.2.1(d), if transverse tensile testingis required for a full penetration groove weld test coupon for Welding Procedure Qualification inaccordance with the ASME BPV Code, Section IX, shall yield strength be determined on thetransverse tensile test coupon?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, para. K328.2.1(d), shall all-weld-metaltensile testing be conducted and the yield strength of the weld be determined if transversetensile testing is required for a full penetration groove weld test coupon for Welding ProcedureQualification in accordance with the ASME BPV Code, Section IX?
Reply (2): No, unless the filler metal is not yet incorporated into Section IX (see para. K328.3.1).
Interpretation 24-18
Subject: Para. 307.1.2, Qualification of Valve Pressure Design (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-509
Question: Does para. 307.1.2 of ASME B31.3-2010 permit a valve manufactured from a materialnot listed in ASME B16.34 to have the pressure–temperature rating established in accordancewith the method set forth in ASME B16.34?
Subject: Paras. 344.2.1 and 342.1, Visual Examination (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-710
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2012 have any qualification requirements for visual examinersperforming Code-required examinations?
Reply (1): Yes. See paras. 342.1 and 344.2.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2012 require individuals that check the fit and alignment ofweld joints during fabrication to be qualified for visual examination as described in paras. 342.1and 344.2?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation 24-22
Subject: Para. 341.4.1(b)(1), Prequalification of Welds by Random Examination (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-786
Question: When ASME B31.3-2012, para. 341.4.1(b)(1) requires random examination of 5% ofcircumferential girth or miter groove welds by radiography or ultrasonic examination for NormalFluid Service, must all welds in the lot be completed prior to the completion of the requiredexaminations on the selected welds?
Reply: The Code does not address this issue. See previous interpretations 2-12 and 24-20.
Interpretation 24-23
Subject: Paras. 328.5.4(d) and (e), Use of a Branch Connection Where the Abutting Branch PipeIs Not Welded to the Run (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-789
Question: Under the rules of ASME B31.3-2012, may a branch connection be added to a pipingrun using branch attachment details other than specified by para. 328.5.4(d), which require fullypenetrated groove welds to the run pipe, or para. 328.5.4(e)?
Reply: No, unless qualified in accordance with paras. 300(c)(3), 300(c)(4), and 304.7.2.
I-11
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: If a pipe is bent in accordance with para. 306.2, can it be installed using closurewelds without being leak tested in accordance with para. 345?
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. 323.3.5(a), do the acceptance criteriafor minimum energy requirements apply to carbon and low alloy steels having specified minimumtensile strengths equal to or greater than 656 MPa (95 ksi) or for high alloy steels (P-Nos. 6, 7,and 8)?
Reply (1): No. See para. 323.3.5(b) for acceptance criteria for these materials.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. 323.3.5(c), are the acceptance criteriafor weld impact test requirements applicable for clad-pipe to clad-pipe welds?
Reply (2): No. See paras. 323.3.5(a) and 323.3.5(b).
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. 323.3.5(c), when dissimilar base metals(e.g., P1 and P8) are joined by welding and the weld metal has a tensile strength most closelymatching that of the P8 base material, shall the acceptance criteria for impact tests conform tothe lateral expansion requirements of para. 323.3.5(b)?
Reply (3): Yes.
I-12
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: Table 323.2.2, Low Temperature Toughness Tests for Metals (B31.3-2008)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1548
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008, when ASTM B423 N08825 base metal is weldedby SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 filler metal, do the rules of Table 323.2.2, Box A-6(b) requirethat testing in accordance with Box B-6 be performed?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 24-28
Subject: Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals (B31.3-2008)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1549
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008, Table 323.3.1, box A-5, is the qualified thicknessrange T/2 to T + 6 mm (1⁄4 in.)?
Reply: Yes. Also see previous Interpretation 4-17.
Interpretation 24-29
Subject: Para. 341.3.3, Defective Components and Workmanship (B31.3-1996 Edition ThroughB31.3-2012)
Date Issued: December 12, 2013
File: 13-709
Question: Is it the intent of ASME B31.3-1996 Edition through ASME B31.3-2012, para. 341.3.3to allow replacement welds for rejected welds to be examined by any nondestructive (NDE)method that is allowed for the original welds, as it is for high pressure piping system welds inK341.3.3, rather than requiring the same NDE method as used on the original defective welds?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 24-30
Subject: Para. 341.3.1(a), NDE After PWHT for P-Nos. 3, 4, and 5 Materials (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: December 16, 2013
File: 11-1769
Question: A piping assembly made of P-No. 5 material consisting of several welds is furnaceheat treated and radiographed. One of those welds is defective and repaired. The assembly isthen heat treated again. Is it the intent of para. 341.3.1(a) that all of the welds in that pipingassembly be radiographed again?
Reply: No.
I-13
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Replies to Technical InquiriesApril 23, 2010 through September 27, 2011
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers inchronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or ifnone is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequentrevisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical andeditorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review ofthe interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revisedreply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case wherean interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additionalinformation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcom-mittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer toAppendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretationsby location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
I-1
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 through B31.3-2010, Para. 323.2.2 and Fig. 323.2.2B, Lower TemperatureLimits for Listed Materials
Date Issued: April 12, 2011
File: 11-448
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3, Fig. 323.2.2B, provide a basis for the use of impact-testedcarbon steels at a minimum design metal temperature (MDMT) colder than the impact testtemperature, provided the stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B is less than 1 but greater than 0.3,and the MDMT is not colder than −48°C (−55°F)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3, Fig. 323.2.2B, provide a basis for the use of impact-testedcarbon steels at a minimum design metal temperature (MDMT) colder than the impact testtemperature, provided the stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B is less than 1 but greater than 0.3,and the MDMT is colder than −48°C (−55°F)?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3, Table 323.2.2, Note (3), provide a basis for the use of impact-tested carbon steels at a minimum design metal temperature (MDMT) colder than the impacttest temperature, provided the stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B is equal to or less than 0.3when the MDMT is colder than −48°C (−55°F)?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3 permit Fig. 323.2.2B to be used to provide a basis for the useof impact-tested duplex stainless steels, UNS S31803, impact tested at −51°C (−60°F), in the samemanner as described in question (1)?
Reply (4): No.
Interpretation 21-46R
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 331, Review of Interpretations 20-39 and 21-46
Date Issued: April 12, 2011
File: 11-16
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3 require both circumferential and longitudinal welds made bythe pipe manufacturer of API 5L double submerged arc welded (DSAW) pipe to be heat treatedin accordance with para. 331?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 require both circumferential and longitudinal welds made bythe piping fabricator on API 5L double submerged arc welded (DSAW) marked pipe to be heattreated in accordance with para. 331?
Reply (2): Yes.
I-3
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table 323.2.2, Stress Ratio Figure
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-533
Question (1): Does the Code provide rules for the use of duplex stainless steel material(UNS S31803) with a lower design temperature than −60°F (−51°C) under certain conditions withlimitations?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. 323.2.2(c).
Question (2): Are the provisions described in Note (3) of Table 323.2.2 also applicable for duplexstainless steel material?
Question: Does para. 300(c)(3) allow partial joint penetration welds if a more rigorous analysisaddressing the design, construction, examination, inspection, and testing details is documentedin the engineering design and accepted by the owner?
Reply: Yes. Note that requirements for Code rules that are not applicable as written to suchconstruction, such as examination and fatigue design, need to be addressed. See also Interpretation16-12.
Question: Does para. 304.7.2(c) address product form and material type when proof testing inaccordance with ASME B16.9; MSS SP-97; or Section VIII, Division 1, UG-101?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 23-04
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 319.4.3, Basic Assumptions and Requirements
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-537
Question: Does the Code address how the effects of friction are to be included in earthquakeanalyses?
Reply: No.
I-4
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 345.1(b), Required Leak Test and Para. 304.7.2, UnlistedComponents
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-538
Question: Does the Code address alternate methods of proof testing other than those listed inpara. 304.7.2(c)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 23-06
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 301.3.2, Fluid Temperature
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-540
Question (1): Does the Code define “fluid temperature” in para. 301.3.2 as “design temperature”?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does the Code permit “fluid temperature” in para. 301.3.2 to be understood as“operating temperature”?
Reply (2): The Code does not define operating temperature.
Interpretation 23-07
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 304.7.2, Application of a Detailed Stress Analysis PerformedUsing a Numerical Method
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-542
Question: If the designer performs a finite element method evaluation of an unlisted componentthat is accepted by the owner in accordance with para. 300(c)(3), is the designer required toperform the calculation to be substantiated in accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply: Yes.
I-5
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 323.2.2, Reference to Table A-1
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-702
Question (1): When a welding procedure specification (WPS) has been qualified, includingimpact testing, for an austenitic stainless steel plate that has a design minimum temperaturebelow the minimum temperature given in Table A-1, does the Code require production weldsto be impact tested?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): When a welding procedure specification (WPS) has been qualified, includingimpact testing, for an austenitic stainless steel plate that has a design minimum temperaturebelow the minimum temperature given in Table A-1, does the Code require the plate materialto be impact tested?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 23-09
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table A-1B, Electric Fusion Welded Tube
Date Issued: October 1, 2010
File: 10-1500
Question: May the values for longitudinal weld joint quality factor, Ej, listed in Table A-1B, withfurther supplemental radiography per Table 302.3.4, be used to determine design requirements forelectric fusion welded pipe, in which the weld is made with filler metal?
Question: If a fully machined exterior (250 rms or finer) and pull bored interior (125 rms orfiner) surfaced centrifugal cast tube section is fully liquid penetrant examined in accordance withASTM E165 and judged acceptable per Table 1 of MSS SP-53 using ASTM E125 as a referencefor surface flaws per Note (2) of ASME B31.3, Table 302.3.3C over its entire exterior surface andup to one diameter on the interior surface of each end, does the Code permit the use of anincreased casting quality factor, Ec, of 0.90?
Reply: No. To increase the casting quality factor, all surfaces shall be examined; see Note (2)(b)of Table 302.3.3C.
I-6
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2008 require that the pressure relief device described in para. 345.5.2comply with para. 322.6.3(a)?
Reply: No, unless the pressure relief device is a permanent component of the piping systembeing tested.
Interpretation 23-12
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 323.2.2 Reference to Table A-1
Date Issued: October 1, 2010
File: 10-1503
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2008 reference ASME B31E, Standard for the Seismic Design andRetrofit of Above-Ground Piping Systems, as an alternative to the requirements in para. 302.3.6?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2008 allow an alternative to the requirements in para. 302.3.6for seismic design of above-ground piping?
Question (1): Do Table 323.2.2 boxes A-3(b) and A-4(b) exclude HAZ impact testing?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does the code permit the weld deposit impact testing exemptions of Table 323.2.2box A-3(b) for joining ASTM A333, A334, A350, A352, and A420?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation 23-14
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 345, Leak Testing of Piping Components
Date Issued: April 12, 2011
File: 11-17
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2008 require listed piping components, including valves, to beleak tested in accordance with para. 345?
Reply: No. See para. 326.3.
I-7
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2008 have an equation for pressure design thickness with straightpipe where t equals or exceeds one-sixth of the outside diameter of the pipe (D/6)?
Reply: No, except as provided in Chapter IX.
Interpretation 23-17
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Paras. 345.2.4 and 345.2.5, External Differential Pressure
Date Issued: April 12, 2011
File: 11-578
Question (1): In para. 345.2.4, Externally Pressured Piping, does the term “external differentialpressure” mean maximum differential pressure between any coincident internal pressure andexternal pressure?
Reply (1): Yes. See para. 301.2.1(d).
Question (2): Does para. 345.2.5, Jacketed Piping, require separate leak tests for both internalline and jacket?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 23-18
Subject: ASME B31.3-2010, Para. 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued: September 27, 2011
File: 11-847
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, do the equations for A3 and A4 in para. 304.3.3(c)apply to branch connections other than the configuration shown in Fig. 304.3.3?
Reply: No; however, see para. 304.3.1.
I-8
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2010, Tables A-1 and A-3, Allowable Stress Values
Date Issued: September 27, 2011
File: 11-1075
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2010 require the use of allowable stresses shown in Table A-1?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2010 require the use of allowable stresses shown in Table A-3?
Reply (2): No. See Appendix A, General Note (c).
Question (3): Based on ASME B31.3-2010, para. 302.3.2, Bases for Design Stresses, footnote 2,may the designer use the stress values in ASME BPV Code Section II, Part D, Tables 2A, 2B, and3 for stresses at temperatures below the creep range instead of the allowable stresses inASME B31.3-2010, Tables A-1, A-2, and A-3, respectively?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): Based on ASME B31.3-2010, para. 302.3.2, footnote 2, may the designer use thestress values in ASME BPV Code Section II, Part D, Tables 1A and 1B for stresses at temperaturesin the creep range instead of the allowable stresses in ASME B31.3-2010, Tables A-1, A-2, andA-3, respectively?
Reply (4): No.
Interpretation 23-20
Subject: ASME B31.3-2010, Para. 345.1(d), Pressure Test Exemption for Vents and Drains
Date Issued: September 27, 2011
File: 11-1539
Question (1): For Normal Fluid Service or Category D Fluid Service, does ASME B31.3-2010,para. 345.1(d), exempt leak testing for all drain or vent lines open to the atmosphere?
Reply (1): Yes, unless otherwise specified in the engineering design.
Question (2): Does the statement in ASME B31.3-2010, para. 345.1(d), of “such as vents ordrains downstream of the last shutoff valve” mean that this is the only configuration open tothe atmosphere exempt from leak testing by this paragraph?
Reply (2): No.
I-9
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Replies to Technical InquiriesApril 29, 2008 through October 5, 2009
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers inchronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or ifnone is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequentrevisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical andeditorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review ofthe interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revisedreply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case wherean interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additionalinformation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcom-mittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer toAppendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretationsby location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
I-1
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): If a welding procedure has been qualified by impact testing for service at atemperature of −46°C in accordance with para. 323.3, but the base material and weld materialwere impact tested at a warmer temperature in accordance with their respective material specifica-tions, may the weld procedure be used for service at temperatures as low as −46°C?
Reply (1): Yes, provided the essential variables, and supplemental essential variables inASME Section IX, are met.
Question (2): Is it required that the same brand and batch number of material, as used in weldprocedure qualification impact testing, be used for production welds?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 22-02
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Table 323.3.4, Charpy Impact Test Temperature Reduction
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-476
Question: To qualify a material to −46°C, should a 5 mm Charpy impact specimen producedfrom a 6.32 mm material thickness be tested at −50.1°C?
Reply: Yes; see para. 323.3.4(b).
Interpretation: 22-03
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Table 323.2.2, A-4(a) and A-4(b); Paras. 323.2.2(f)(1) and (2); Use ofAustenitic Stainless Steel Materials at Low Temperatures
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-477
Question: Does the Code permit austenitic stainless steel materials listed in Table A-1 to beused to the minimum temperatures listed regardless if they are a seamless or welded productform?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of Table 323.2.2, A-4(a) and applicable Notes in Table A-1are followed.
I-3
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Pressure Design and Fatigue Cycles
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-478
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3 address fatigue due to pressure cycling?
Reply (1): Yes; see paras. 301.10, 302.2.4(d), 304.1.2(b), and K304.8, and also paras. 300(c)(3)and (5).
Question (2): Does para. 302.3.5 address pressure cycling?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 22-05
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Table 326.1 and Appendix A, Listed Components
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-483
Question: Are piping and tube specifications listed in Appendix A considered to be listedcomponents and included as part of Table 326.1?
Reply: Yes. See Note (5) of Table 326.1.
Interpretation: 22-06
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Paras. 300.2 and 301.3, Category D Design Temperature
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-594
Question: Can a fluid service that is nonflammable, nontoxic, and not damaging to humantissues, with a design gage pressure not exceeding 1 035 kPa and a design temperature less than−29°C, be classified as a Category D fluid service?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 22-07
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Paras. 302.3.5(d) and P302.3.5(d), Allowable Stress Range andAllowable Operating Stress Limit
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-603
Question: Where the value of the stress range factor, f, is permitted to be greater than 1, doesthe Code permit the allowable stress range, SA, for displacement stresses and the allowableoperating stress limit, SoA, to be the greater of
(a) the value computed with f p 1 and without the fm limitations on Sc and Sh(b) the value computed with f > 1 with the fm limitations on Sc and Sh?
Reply: Yes.
I-4
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: Per para. 344.5.1, do the recommended values listed in ASME BPV Code Section V,Article 2, para. T-274 for geometric unsharpness requirements need to be met by the manufacturerunder T-285?
Question: Do longitudinal weld joints in pipe meeting a standard listed in para. 326 have tobe exposed during leak testing in accordance with para. 345?
Reply: No; see para. 326.3.
Interpretation: 22-10
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Tables 302.3.4 and A-1B, Longitudinal Weld Joints in Pipes, Tubes,and Fittings
Date Issued: April 30, 2008
File: 08-480
Question (1): Does the Code permit an EFW pipe produced without filler metal to be upgradedto a weld joint quality factor of 1.00 through radiography?
Reply (1): Yes; see Table 302.3.4.
Question (2): Do weld joint quality factors apply to circumferential welds?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 22-11
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Paras. 345.4 and 345.5, Leak Testing With Negative Pressure
Date Issued: April 30, 2008
File: 08-481
Question: Does the Code permit externally pressurized piping to be pneumatically tested usingan internal vacuum?
Reply: No; see para. 345.2.4.
I-5
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Table A-1, Prohibition of API 5LX Grade Materials at TemperaturesExceeding 400°F
Date Issued: April 30, 2008
File: 08-595
Question (1): Are API 5L Grades X52 and X56 listed materials?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Can API 5L Grades X52 and X56 be used above 400°F?
Reply (2): No; see double bars (||) as defined in Note (7) and Note (55) of Table A-1.
Interpretation: 22-13
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Code Case 181, Table 1
Date Issued: May 1, 2008
File: 08-474
Question: For wall thicknesses of less than 25 mm (1 in.), must both the a/t and the � limit inTable 1 be satisfied?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 22-14
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Paras. 345.1, 345.3.4, and 345.5.1, Leak Testing/Limits of Tested Piping
Date Issued: May 1, 2008
File: 08-475
Question: Is it acceptable for a pneumatic leak test to be conducted with test medium continu-ously added to compensate for known leaks so that the test pressure is maintained?
Reply: Yes, recognizing the additional hazards associated with pneumatic testing. See para.345.5.1.
I-6
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Paras. 345.2.3(a) and 345.8, Leak Testing
Date Issued: May 1, 2008
File: 08-593
Question (1): To comply with section 345, must a piping system be leak tested at the factoryfully assembled, or can individual pipe spools and equipment be tested separately as suggestedin para. 345.2.3(a)?
Reply (1): The Committee believes your question can be answered by previous Interpretation20-25, a copy of which is attached.
Question (2): If a piping system in Normal Fluid Service has passed a hydrostatic leak test inaccordance with para. 345.4, a pneumatic leak test in accordance with para. 345.5, or a hydrostatic–pneumatic leak test in accordance with para. 345.6, is a sensitive leak test in accordance withpara. 345.8 required?
Question (1): Are the longitudinal welds made in accordance with material specifications listedin Table A-1 or Table 326.1 required to be examined per para. 341.4.1(b)(1) when intersecting acircumferential weld that is being examined?
Reply (1): No; reference Table 341.3.2, Note (3).
Question (2): Are piping components fabricated with longitudinal welds made in accordancewith Chapter V that are intersected by a circumferential weld during fabrication, assembly, orerection that is examined, required to also be examined per para. 341.4.1(b)(1)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Are piping components fabricated with longitudinal welds made in accordancewith para. 302.2.3 that are intersected by a circumferential weld during fabrication, assembly, orerection that is examined, required to also be examined per para. 341.4.1(b)(1)?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): If specified in the engineering design or specifically authorized by the Inspector,may in-process examination be substituted for radiographic examination required by para.341.4.1(b)(1) on a weld-for-weld basis?
Reply (4): The Committee believes your question can be answered by previous Interpretation11-15, a copy of which is attached.
Question (5): May ultrasonic examination be substituted for radiographic examination forwelds made with the addition of filler metal shown in Table 302.3.4, No. 3 and 4 if
(a) designer determines the ultrasonic examination technique employed and the acceptancecriteria used will meet the acceptance limits established for defects in Table 341.3.2 for radiography
(b) designer documents the technique and criteria in the engineering design and also acknowl-edges the Code Committee replies in Interpretation 11-05
(c) Owner accepts the validity of the technique and criteria and also acknowledges the CodeCommittee replies in Interpretation 11-05
Reply (5): The Code does not specifically address this; see para. 300(c)(3).
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006 Edition, if flanged subassemblies of a pipingsystem have separately passed leak tests per para. 345.4, 345.5, or 345.6, does B31.3 require anyadditional testing after assembly?
Reply: No.
I-8
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: If P-No. 1 material of 19 mm thickness is welded to P-No. 1 material that is nominally25 mm but has been tapered bored to 19 mm at the weld joint, is PWHT required?
Reply: The Committee believes your question can be answered by previous Interpretation 17-21.
Interpretation: 22-20
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Paras. 304.3.5(e) and 319.3.6, Reinforcement Pad Thickness
Date Issued: October 13, 2008
File: 08-1244
Question (1): Does the Code provide a maximum reinforcing pad thickness for pressure design?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does the Code prohibit the use of more than one reinforcing pad, such as theuse of two 3-mm pads to provide 6-mm pad thickness?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does the Code reference complete encirclement reinforcement?
Reply (3): Yes. See para. 304.3.5(e).
Question (4): Does the Code provide a specific SIF for complete encirclement reinforcementon tees?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): Does the Code permit the use of more applicable data to establish an SIF forreinforced intersections?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006 Edition, when para. 328.5.4(d) is applied toproprietary integrally reinforced branch connection fittings, does the term fully penetrated grooveweld describe a weld that fills to the manufacturer’s weld line or to the top of the groove if noweld line is present?
Reply: Yes; see definition of groove weld under size of weld in para. 300.2. See also Interpretation13-11.
Question: Do the temperature limitations specified in ASME B31.3-2006, para. 323.2.2(f) applyto austenitic stainless steel pipe and fitting materials listed in Table A-1 or are they applicableonly to the circumferential welds when these components are joined by welding?
Reply: The Committee believes your question can be answered by previous Interpretation 18-12.
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 328.5.1(b), Weld Map and Welder Sign
Date Issued: October 13, 2008
File: 08-1440
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006 Edition, para. 328.5.1(b), is it required that aweld map be created to identify the work of each welder or welding operator if each weld oradjacent area has been marked to identify the welder or welding operator?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 22-26
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 323.2.2(d), Use of Carbon Steel Materials Without Impact Testing
Date Issued: April 6, 2009
File: 09-529
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006 Edition, if a material is exempted from impacttesting because the requirements of para. 323.2.2(d) are satisfied, are welds and heat affectedzones (including those of production welds) required to be impact tested per Table 323.2.2,Column B (B-3)?
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2006 Edition permit hydrostatic leak testing of metallic pipe afterthe internal nonmetallic coating is applied?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 22-28
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table A-1, Basic Allowable Stresses for Metals
Date Issued: April 10, 2009
File: 08-1608
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, may the Table A-1 basic allowablestresses in tension above 1000°F for ASTM A 182, Grade F316L forging be applied for ASTMA 182, Grade F316 forging having a carbon content less than 0.04%?
Reply: Yes.
I-11
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Code Case 181, Use of Alternative Ultrasonic Examination AcceptanceCriteria
Date Issued: April 10, 2009
File: 08-1611
Question: Does Code Case 181 have a limitation for the minimum thickness of material forits use?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 22-30
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 322.6.3, System Pneumatic Leak Test Pressure
Date Issued: April 10, 2009
File: 09-247
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, during relieving events with systemrelief devices per para. 322.6.3, may the pressure in the piping system during the event exceedthe system pneumatic leak test pressure?
Reply (1): No. See para. 302.2.4(e).
Question (2): When establishing the maximum allowable relieving pressure permitted in accor-dance with para. 322.6.3(c), may the test pressure used in accordance with para. 345 be exceeded?
Reply (2): The Code does not explicitly address this situation.
Interpretation: 22-31
Subject: Code Case 181, Table 1, Use of Alternative Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued: April 10, 2009
File: 09-424
Question: In Code Case 181, Table 1, must both the a/t and � criteria be satisfied for acceptance?
Reply: Yes. See revised Code Case 181, new para. (i)(4)(d) for alternate acceptance criteria.
Interpretation: 22-32
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Fig. 328.2B and Para. 300.2, Definitions
Date Issued: April 10, 2009
File: 09-497
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, if the fabricator failed to meet theminimum weld sizes described in para. 328.5.2, does para. 300(c)(3) allow the designer to performan analysis after fabrication, document it in the engineering design, and have the validity acceptedby the owner, to show that the existing fillet weld sizes are adequate?
Reply: Yes.
I-12
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 341.3.3, Defective Components and Workmanship
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 08-473
Question: For a weld repair to a portion of a circumferential weld that was completely examined,does ASME B31.3-2004, para. 341.3.3 require that only the repair weld area be reexamined afterthe repair?
Reply: Yes, unless the materials are P-Nos. 3, 4, or 5 and heat treatment is required; then theentire weld must be reexamined after completion of any heat treatment [see para. 328.6, para. 331.1,Table 331.1.1, and para. 341.3.1(a)].
Interpretation: 22-34
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, B31.3 Versus U-Stamp
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1002
Question (1): Are heat exchangers within the scope of ASME B31.3?
Reply (1): No. Refer to para. 300.1.3(d) and Fig. 300.1.1. However, applicable design standardsmay be as agreed between purchaser and manufacturer.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 have a certification and code stamp requirement?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Are there any advantages to designing to ASME B31.3 instead of ASME Sec-tion VIII?
Reply (3): We cannot respond to your request, since ASME does not provide consulting assist-ance. We regret that we cannot serve you in this instance, and suggest that you contact a reputableconsulting organization experienced in B31 piping applications.
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3, para. 328.5.1(c) require that tack welds, whether they are tobe incorporated into the final weld or be removed, be made by a qualified welder?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3, para. 328.5.1(c) require that tack welds be made to a qualifiedWPS for that joint?
Reply (2): Yes; see para. 328.5.1(a).
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3, para. 328.5.1(c) allow tack welds on a groove weld joint to bemade by a welder qualified on a fillet weld test?
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table 302.3.5, General Note (b), Critical Temperatures
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1066
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, when determining critical tempera-ture of welded pipe, and when ASME BPV Code Section II, Part D, Table 1A does not have atime-dependent Note associated with the material, shall the designer use the time-dependentNote associated with the base material of which the pipe is constructed?
Reply (1): Yes; see General Note (b) in Table 302.3.5.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, when determining critical tempera-ture and when ASME BPV Code Section II, Part D, Table 1A does not have a time-dependentNote associated with the material, shall the designer treat the material as a material not listedin Section II, Part D for the purpose of determining critical temperatures?
Reply (2): Yes; see General Note (b) in Table 302.3.5.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, when a material has multiplelistings in ASME BPV Code Section II, Part D that have different time-dependent Notes associatedwith them, and the designer does not have sufficient information to determine the original productform from which a component has been manufactured, is the designer required to use theminimum calculated critical temperature based upon all listings for the product form in ASMEBPV Code Section II, Part D?
Reply (3): We cannot respond to your request, since ASME does not provide consulting assist-ance. We regret that we cannot serve you in this instance, and suggest that you contact a reputableconsulting organization experienced in B31 piping applications.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, when a designer has specified adual certified material, may the designer use the time-dependent Notes associated with any ofthe product forms to which the material complies when determining the critical temperature?
Reply (4): We cannot respond to your request, since ASME does not provide consulting assist-ance. We regret that we cannot serve you in this instance, and suggest that you contact a reputableconsulting organization experienced in B31 piping applications.
Question (5): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, when a material does not appearin ASME BPV Code Section II, Part D, Table 1A but does appear in Table 1B, shall the designeruse the same methodology for determining critical temperature as for materials listed in Table 1A?
Reply (5): This matter is not addressed by the Code.
Question (6): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, may a designer treat a listed materialas an unlisted material, establish allowable stresses in accordance with para. 302.3.2, and thencalculate the critical temperature in accordance with Table 302.3.5, General Note (b)?
Reply (6): No.
I-14
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): Where carbon steel is used at design temperatures below 800°F, does ASMEB31.3-2008 require that a weld joint strength reduction factor, W, of 1.0 be used?
Reply (1): The Code does not provide a weld joint strength reduction factor for carbon steel.
Question (2): Where carbon steel requires a design temperature above 800°F to allow for ashort-term upset condition that falls outside the scope of para. 302.2.4, does ASME B31.3-2008require the use of a weld joint strength reduction factor, W, other than 1.0?
Reply (2): The Code does not provide a weld joint strength reduction factor for carbon steel.
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008, when Table B-1 materials without a maxi-mum recommended temperature limit are to be used at temperatures greater than 23°C, is thedesigner responsible for demonstrating the validity of the allowable stresses and other limits inaccordance with para. A323.2.4?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008, when Table B-1 materials without a maxi-mum recommended temperature limit are to be used at temperatures greater than 23°C, is thedesigner permitted to use published manufacturer’s data for material properties without verifyingthe manufacturer’s methodology, calculations, and test results for development of the data?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3-2008 establish maximum temperature limits for nonmetallicmaterials listed in Appendix B?
Reply (3): No. See para. A323.2.1(b).
Question (4): When Table B-1 explicitly states thicknesses of pipe/tubing, does ASME B31.3-2008require the use of the hydrostatic design stresses listed for determining other thicknesses of thesame material?
Reply (4): The Code does not address this issue.
Question (5): For materials listed in Table B-1, are the hydrostatic design stresses listed inASME B31.3-2008 applicable for all design pressures?
Reply (5): Yes.
Question (6): When Table B-1 materials with a minimum recommended temperature limit of23°C are to be used at temperatures less than 23°C, does ASME B31.3-2008 require the designerto specify toughness testing at or below the lowest expected service temperature?
Reply (6): Yes.
I-15
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: Shall in-line pressure-retaining portions of a flame arrester be designed, fabricated,examined, and tested in accordance with ASME B31.3?
Reply: Yes. See definitions of piping and piping components in ASME B31.3, para. 300.2. See alsopara. 300.1.1.
Interpretation: 22-40
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1444
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2008 require the use of the undercut criteria in Table 341.3.2to evaluate metal removal from the toe of a weld by mechanical means?
Reply (1): The Code does not address this issue.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2008 allow for the repair of excessive undercutting by anymeans other than adding weld metal to bring the metal to an acceptable plane?
Reply (2): Yes, provided the criteria in Table 341.3.2 and the requirements of para. 304 are met.
Interpretation: 22-41
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 300.2, Definition of Piping Component
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1445
Question: Are non-inline instruments (e.g., pressure transmitter) connected to piping consideredpiping components as defined in para. 300.2?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 22-42
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table A-1, Material 25Cr–20Ni Pipe
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1446
Question: Does ASME B31.3 permit the values listed in Table A-1 including Note (35) formaterial 25Cr–20Ni pipe, ASTM A 312 Grade TP310 to be used to determine design requirementsfor Grade TP310H?
Reply: Yes.
I-16
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 305.1, General Pipe
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1489
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3, may API 5L Grades A and B spiral seam weldedpipe be used for Normal Fluid Service and Category M Fluid Service piping?
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3 permit the application of para. 345.2.3(c) for a piping systemthat is exempt from impact testing in accordance with para. 323.2.2(d) except for the closureweld, which is qualified according to Table 323.2.2, Column A?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 permit the application of para. 345.2.3(c) for a piping systemthat is exempt from impact testing in accordance with para. 323.2.2(d) except for the closureweld, which is qualified according to Table 323.2.2, Column B?
Reply (2): Yes.
I-17
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
for ASTM A 182 22-28for ASTM A 312 1-29for ASTM A 351 11-13for ASTM A 387 8-25for ASTM A 464 8-11for ASTM A 570 1-38for ASTM A 587 1-13for ASTM A 671 1-48for austenitic stainless 3-13
steelsfor unlisted alloy steel 19-09
pipe
Allowable Stress Range 22-07
Alterations of Piping 13-04
Alternative Tests (see Leak Tests)
Authorized Inspector (see Owner’sInspector)
Bellows 13-09
(g)
Interpre-Subject tation
Bending 4-028-0315-1716-08
Bendscorrugated 1-23miter (see Miter Bends)reduction of outside 8-20
diameter
Bolting Materials 4-1517-2020-1221-14
Bonding Qualification Testhot gas welded 8-14minimum burst pressure 7-09
8-14procedure specifications 10-08
for plastic piping21-15
requirements 18-05solvent cement 8-14
Bondsheat fusion 8-14hot gas welded 8-14test assembly 7-09
Lethal Substance 1-73Limitationson hardness 2-2on imperfections (see
Imperfections)on tubing size 2-13
3-6Liquid Penetrant Examinationrequirements 11-14Low Temperature Requirements (see
Impact Tests)MaterialsAPI 5L 1-78
2-43-93-116-016-06
API 5LX 2-411-05
ASTM A 234 2-20ASTM A 312 1-29
1-772-20
ASTM A 350 19-07ASTM A 351 11-13ASTM A 387 8-25
Interpre-Subject tation
Materials (Cont’d)ASTM A 403 1-77
2-20ASTM A 487 8-07ASTM A 537 2-1ASTM A 570 1-38ASTM A 587 1-13ASTM A 633 1-11ASTM A 658 3-8ASTM A 671 1-48ASTM B 241 2-19ASTM B 337 4-18ASTM B 464 8-11austenitic stainless steels 3-13bases for design stresses 11-05carbon steel 19-39certification 5-10
8-0213-1021-03
conforming to two grades 8-188-34
listed 17-09R(Vol.18)
17-1122-1222-42
notch sensitive 2-22notes 20-29reidentification 8-19toughness requirements 5-19traceability 19-28unlisted material 11-05
11-2015-0417-0117-0819-27
Mechanical Interlock 19-45
Miter Bendspressure design of 1-22
5-11
Near Straight Sawtooth Runsexplanation of 1-33
Nomenclatured 1-54T 1-28TW 5-04
5-16tn 1-75
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Replies to Technical InquiriesNovember 1, 2005 through October 31, 2007
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers inchronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or ifnone is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequentrevisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical andeditorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review ofthe interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revisedreply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case wherean interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additionalinformation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcom-mittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer toAppendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretationsby location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
I-1
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Table 323.2.2, Low Temperature Toughness Tests and Table 323.3.1,Impact Testing Required for Metals
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-253
Question (1): In ASME B31.3, Table 323.3.1, does the term manufacturer in Column A refer tothe manufacturer of the piping component?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 require additional impact testing of ASTM A 333 Grade 6material if the assigned minimum temperature is −46°C (−51°F)?
Reply (2): Yes, unless the exemptions in Table 323.2.2, B-3 apply.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3 require the manufacturer to perform impact testing at tempera-tures below the requirements described in the material specification?
Reply (3): ASME B31.3 does not address who should do the additional testing.
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3 require that the manufacturer, who as part of its manufactureutilizes girth welds to join ASTM A 333 Grade 6 pipe, perform impact testing if the minimumtemperature is −35°C (−31°F)?
Reply (4): Yes, unless exemptions in Table 323.2.2, A-3(b) apply.
Interpretation: 21-02
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Paras. 304.7.2 and 328.5.4(d), Partial Penetration Welding
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-297
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2004 permit partial penetration for branch connection groovewelds?
Reply (1): No; see para. 328.5.4(d).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, what is the effective weld throat thicknessrequired for a proprietary integrally reinforced branch connection fitting?
Reply (2): The thickness is as required by the design qualified in accordance with para. 304.7.2or MSS SP-97, and para. 328.5.4(d).
Interpretation: 21-03
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Paras. K323.1.5, Product Analysis and K346.2(b), Required Records
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-298
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 require any Certified Material Test Reports (CMTR)?
Reply: No; however, see paras. K323.1.5 and K346.2(b).
I-3
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 341.4.1, Examination of Welds
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-299
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, para. 341.4.1(b)(1), must welds to be examinedbe selected to ensure that each welding process used by each welder or welding operator doingthe production welding is represented?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-05
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Paras. 342.1 and 342.2, Examination Personnel
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-374
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, can the operator of an automatic weldingmachine also perform in-process examination of the production work?
Reply (1): No; see para. 342.2.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, can the operator of an automatic weldingmachine also perform examination of the production work other than in-process examination?
Reply (2): Yes, if qualified in accordance with para. 342.1.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, para. 341, may the examiner be employedby the contractor/manufacturer?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, can the weld joint quality factor of API 5LSAW, GMAW, or combined GMAW/SAW welded pipe be increased to 1.00 by 100% radiographyof the weld?
Reply: The Code does not address increasing the weld joint quality factor of API 5L SAW,GMAW, or combined GMAW/SAW welded pipe.
I-4
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2002 apply to buried piping?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2002 provide rules for design of buried piping for overburdenand surface live loads?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 21-08
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Duration of Occasional Loads
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-379
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 specify or provide guidelines for the duration of occasionalloads?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-09
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 319.2.3, Displacement Stress Range
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-387
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 require that the duration of an operating cycle be consideredwhen evaluating displacement stress range in accordance with para. 319.2.3?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-10
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 345.2.3(c), Leak Testing of Closure Welds
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-388
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 require the owner’s approval to apply the closure weldprovisions described in para. 345.2.3(c)?
Reply: No.
I-5
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 345.2.2(a), Duration of Leak Test
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-258, 06-295, 06-296
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, does a pressure test of less than 10-min durationby the pipe manufacturer satisfy the requirements of the required leak test in para. 345?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-12
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Table 331.1.1, Requirements for Heat Treatment of Carbon Steel Pipe
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-372
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, is PWHT required for circumferential jointsin API 5L X65 pipe when the thickness is greater than 19 mm (3⁄4 in.)?
Reply: Yes, unless the provisions of para. 331.2.2 are met.
Interpretation: 21-13
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Paras. 304.1.2, Design of Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure and304.2.1, Pipe Bends
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1091
Question (1): ASME B31.3-2004, para. 304.1.2 provides two equations to calculate pressuredesign thickness for straight pipe, eq. (3a) and eq. (3b), the former using the outside diameterand the latter using the inside diameter. Do these two equations yield the same results?
Reply (1): Yes, when the corrosion allowance in para. 304.1.1 is applied to the inside diameterof the pipe.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, para. 304.2.1, may the minimum requiredthickness of the extrados of a bend, after bending, in its finished form, as calculated by eq. (3e),be less than as required for straight pipe by eq. (3a)?
Reply (2): Yes, provided the requirements of para. 304.2.1 are met.
Interpretation: 21-14
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 335.2.3, Bolt Lengths of Flanged Joints
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1092
Question: Does the term bolt as used in ASME B31.3-2004, para. 335.2.3 include bolts, boltstuds, studs, and cap screws?
Reply: Yes; see para. 309. Also see Interpretation 17-20.
I-6
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, Para. A328, Bonding Procedure Specification for PlasticPiping
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1093
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, must all items in paras.A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9) and paras. A328.4(a) through (e) be specified in the bonding procedurespecifications (BPS)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, may a range be specifiedfor some of the items in paras. A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9) and paras. A328.4(a) through (e)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, must the test assemblyrequired by para. A328.2.5(a) be tested within the ranges specified for some of the items requiredby paras. A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9), paras. A328.4(a) through (e), and any additional items inthe BPS?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, if the required items in aBPS per paras. A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9), A328.4(a) through (e), and any other items listed arespecified as a range, does Chapter VII set range limits for those items?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, for the items required byparas. A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9) and A328.4(a) through (e), are ranges required to be specifiedfor any of those items?
Reply (5): Yes.
Question (6): Does ASME B31.3 describe what information is required to be included in theprocedure qualification record (PQR) other than the dates and results of the bonding procedurespecification (BPS)?
Reply (6): No.
Question (7): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, when items, in additionto those required by paras. A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9) and A328.4(a) through (e), are specified ina BPS, must all those items be followed when fabricating the BPS qualification test assembly?
Reply (7): Yes, if the additional requirements are applicable.
Question (8): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, when making a BPS qualifi-cation test assembly in accordance with para. A328.2.5(c)(2), may three times the piping systemdesign pressure be used for PT in lieu of three times the manufacturer’s allowable pressure forthe components being joined?
Reply (8): No.
Question (9): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, when performing a BPSqualification test for RTR or RPM materials, and the materials for the piping and the componenthave different specified manufacturer’s allowable pressures, can either the lower or higher of thetwo pressures be used for the calculation of PT?
I-7
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (10): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, is it required to write aBPS for bonding each material formulation to other material formulations if a specific materiallisted in Chapter VII is manufactured to meet multiple chemical formulations?
Reply (10): No.
Question (11): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, is it required to performa BPS qualification test for bonding each material formulation to other material formulations ifa specific material listed in Chapter VII is manufactured to multiple chemical formulations?
Reply (11): No.
Interpretation: 21-16
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 319.3.1(b), Flexibility Analysis Thermal Expansion Data
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1094
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, para. 319.3.1(b), does the phrase “at maximum(or minimum) temperature for the thermal cycle under analysis” require the use of the highest(or lowest) anticipated metal temperature?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 21-17
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 341, Examination
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1096
Question (1): Are WPS qualified in accordance with ASME BPV Section IX acceptable for usein ASME B31.3?
Reply (1): Yes, provided they were qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions ofpara. 328.2.1.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2004 specify the mechanism for qualifying examination proce-dures and which results are required to be recorded?
Reply (2): Yes; see paras. 343 and 344.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3-2004 require visual examination of the assembly of threaded,bolted, and other joints to satisfy the applicable requirements of paras. 335, A335, M335, MA335,and K335?
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2004 require heat treatment of weld repairs that are less thanor equal to 19 mm (3⁄4 in.) deep in a P-No. 1 material that was required to be heat treated inaccordance with Table 331.1.1 or the engineering design prior to examination?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. 328.6.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2004 require heat treatment of weld repairs that are greaterthan 19 mm (3⁄4 in.) deep in a P-No. 1 material that was required to be heat treated in accordancewith Table 331.1.1 or the engineering design prior to examination?
Reply (2): Yes; see para. 328.6.
Interpretation: 21-20
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Paras. 341.4.1(b)(1), 344.2.2, and 344.7.1, Examination Records
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1099
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, para. 341.4.1(b)(1), is it required, for eachweld for which in-process examination is substituted, that examination and acceptance of eachapplicable item in para. 344.7.1 be recorded?
Reply: Yes; see Interpretations 11-11 and 18-17, and para. 344.2.2.
Interpretation: 21-21
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Paras. M319 and MA319, Piping Flexibility
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1100
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, may flexible hose be used in Category M FluidService?
Reply: Yes.
I-9
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): Does the scope of ASME B31.3-2004 include vacuum insulated piping, e.g.,cryogenic transfer line?
Reply (1): Yes. Refer to paras. 300.1.1(b)(6), 301.7.3, and 345.2.5.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 apply to the cryogenic piping interconnecting pressure vessel(s),while both the piping and the vessel(s) are enclosed within a pressure vessel?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 21-23
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 341.4, Extent of Required Examination for Category D Service
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1102
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, do the requirements of para. 341.4.1(b)(1)pertaining to radiography or ultrasonic examination apply to Category D fluid service?
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2004 require that the inline portions of instruments be designed,fabricated, examined, and tested in accordance with the rules of the Code?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. 300.2 (definition of “piping components”).
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2004 require that the portions of instruments that are not inlinebe designed, fabricated, examined, and tested in accordance with the rules of the Code?
Reply (2): The Code does not address this situation.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, may inline portions of an instrument notlisted in Table 326.1 be used?
Reply (3): Yes; see paras. 302.2.3 and 326.1.2.
I-10
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 300.2, Flammable Service
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1104
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, is a liquid that has a flash point of 38°C(100°F) considered to be “flammable”?
Reply (1): It may or may not be, depending upon the ambient or expected operating conditions;see the definition of “flammable” in para. 300.2.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, may a nontoxic liquid with a flash pointof 38°C (100°F) be used as an alternate test fluid per para. 345.4.1?
Reply (2): Yes if the fluid is not flammable, as defined for the purpose of this Code in para. 300.2.
Interpretation: 21-26
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 319.3.2, Properties for Flexibility Analysis
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1105
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, para. 319.3.2, can a value for modulus ofelasticity used in the analysis differ from the value shown in Appendix C?
Reply: Yes, when more directly applicable data is available; see Note (1) of Table 300.4.
Interpretation: 21-27
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. K323.3.5 and Table K323.3.5, Impact Testing for High PressurePiping
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1184
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 require impact testing according to para. K323.3 for materialswhose product specifications require impact testing?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 21-28
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 323.2.2; Fig. 323.2.2A; and Table A-1, Note (6); Lower TemperatureLimits for Impact Tests
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1185
Question: Are materials, for which a temperature of −20°F (−29°C) is listed in the MinimumTemperature column of Table A-1, exempt from impact testing for any combination of thicknessand temperature above −20°F (−29°C)?
Reply: Yes.
I-11
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 305.2.3, Material for Severe Cyclic Conditions
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1191
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, may pipe material not listed in para. 305.2.3be used under severe cyclic conditions?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-30
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. A323.4.2(a)(3), Fluid Service Requirements for Nonmetallic Mate-rials
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1194
Question: Are PVC and CPVC products that are specifically designed for compressed air andinert gas service, which meet the material requirements of ASTM D 1784, acceptable for use incompressed gas service in B31.3 applications?
Reply: No; see para. A323.4.2(a)(3).
Interpretation: 21-31
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para A323.4.2, Fluid Service for Nonmetallic Piping
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1196
Question: Does the Code permit plastic products for use in compressed air or compressed gasservice in B31.3 applications?
Reply: Yes, except as noted in para. A323.4.2.
Interpretation: 21-32
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 300.1.1, Content and Coverage
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1197
Question: Does compliance of a piping component with the requirements of ASME B31.9 assurecompliance with the requirements of ASME B31.3?
Reply: No.
I-12
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. A302.2.4, Pressure Allowances for Nonmetallic Piping
Date Issued: April 13, 2007
File: 07-502
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 provide an allowance for surge pressure above the hydrostaticdesign stress for thermoplastic piping?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-34
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design of Unlisted Components
Date Issued: April 13, 2007
File: 07-504
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 provide an approach for designing a hub clamp connector?
Reply: Yes. See either para. 318 or para. 300(c)(3).
Interpretation: 21-35
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 302.3.5(e) and Appendix A, Weld Joint Strength ReductionFactor, W
Date Issued: April 13, 2007
File: 07-505
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3, para. 302.3.5(e), may the weld joint strength reductionfactor, W, be taken as 1.0 when applicable testing shows the weld joint has creep-rupture strengththat is equal to or greater than the base material at the design temperature?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 21-36
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 345.2.3(c), Leak Testing of Closure Welds
Date Issued: April 13, 2007
File: 07-508
Question (1): If a piping system is divided into subassemblies with each subassembly testedin accordance with para. 345.1, and reassembled as a piping system, do the connecting weldsneed to be tested in accordance with para. 345.1?
Reply (1): See Interpretation 20-07.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, if an integrally reinforced branch connectionutilizes a threaded and socket weld outlet combination as an unvalved hydrostatic vent anddrain, and the piping system is tested in accordance with para. 345.1, does the socket weldingof the test plugs need to be tested in accordance with para. 345.1?
Reply (2): Yes, unless the provisions of para. 345.2.6 apply.
I-13
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: Is it acceptable to increase the joint quality factor of Table 302.3.4, No. 4, by additionalexamination (i.e., 100% radiography)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-38
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 304.1.1(b), Pressure Design of Straight Pipe, Maximum andNominal Thread Depth
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1357
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006, when a threaded component in accordancewith ASME B1.20.1 is specified, should the value of 0.02 in. be added to the nominal value of hfor inclusion with factor c of para. 304.1.1, eq. (2)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-39
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1358
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006, para. 304.3.3(a), may Tb for use in calculatingL4, d2, and A3 be based on the thickness of the reinforcing barrel if the thickness of the reinforcingbarrel is not uniform within the L4 limit?
Reply: No; however, see paras. 304.3.1(c) and 300(c)(3).
Interpretation: 21-40
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Fig. 323.2.2B, Reduction in Minimum Design Metal TemperatureWithout Impact Testing
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1359
Question: Shall the pressures coincident with the metal temperatures under consideration beused in determining the stress ratio as defined in the General Notes of Fig. 323.2.2B?
Reply: Yes.
I-14
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Paras. 321.1.4(c) and 323.2.2(d), Piping Support Materials
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1360
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2006 address specific impact test requirements for pipe supportingelements?
Reply: No. See para. 321.1.4(a), which requires materials to be suitable for the service conditions.
Interpretation: 21-42
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 345.2.2, Leak Testing, Other Test Requirements
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1361
Question (1): Is it permissible to use a pump to maintain system test pressure during the testingperiod?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): How much pressure drop is acceptable during a hydrostatic leak test?
Reply (2): The Code does not address this issue.
Question (3): Is there a maximum test pressure allowed during the pressure testing period?
Reply (3): No; however, see paras. 345.2.1(a) and 345.4.2.
Interpretation: 21-43
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Table 323.2.2, A-4(b), Impact Testing of Weld Metal and HeatAffected Zone
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1362
Question: If one or more of the three exceptions for impact testing of weld metal deposits inaustenitic stainless steel, as stated in clause A-4(b) of Table 323.2.2, are satisfied, is impact testingof the weld metal and HAZ required for cases where the design minimum temperature is below−29°C (−20°F)?
Reply: No.
I-15
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): Does B31.3-2004 address the effect on process flow by internal protrusions ingroove welds?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does Table 341.3.2 define the imperfection where one edge of a groove is leftunconsumed at the root without internal misalignment as incomplete penetration?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with Criterion Value Notes for Table 341.3.2, Symbol E for Tw > 6mm (1⁄4 in.), is the multiplication factor 1.5 applicable for aligned porosity length and clusteredporosity length?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 21-45
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 302.2.4, Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variations
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1397
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006, does para. 302.2.4(f)(1)(b) apply when theoverpressure in a system in Normal Fluid Service is less than or equal to 20%?
Reply: Yes, provided the other requirements of para. 302.2.4 are met.
Question: For API 5L double submerged arc welded (DSAW) pipe with a wall thickness greaterthan 3⁄4 in., do all welds (e.g., circumferential and longitudinal) require postweld heat treatmentto meet the requirements of ASME B31.3?
Reply: Yes, except as provided for in para. 331.1.1.
I-16
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Appendix M and Para. 301.3.1, Temperature Limits for Category DFluid Service
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1482
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 permit a fluid service that is nonflammable, nontoxic, non-damaging to human tissues, with a design gage pressure less than 1 035 kPa, and a designtemperature between −29°C and 186°C, to be classified as a Category D fluid service, if the designminimum temperature as defined in para. 301.3.1 is below −29°C?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 21-48
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 341.3.1(a), Examinations and Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1483
Question: Does para. 341.3.1(a) require examinations be performed after the final heat treatment?
Reply: Yes.
I-17
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
for ASTM A 312 1-29for ASTM A 351 11-13for ASTM A 387 8-25for ASTM A 464 8-11for ASTM A 570 1-38for ASTM A 587 1-13for ASTM A 671 1-48for austenitic stainless 3-13
steelsfor unlisted alloy steel 19-09
pipe
Alterations of Piping 13-04
Alternative Tests (see Leak Tests)
Authorized Inspector (see Owner’sInspector)
Bellows 13-09
(g)
Interpre-Subject tation
Bending 4-028-0315-1716-08
Bendscorrugated 1-23miter (see Miter Bends)reduction of outside 8-20
diameter
Bolting Materials 4-1517-2020-1221-14
Bonding Qualification Testhot gas welded 8-14minimum burst pressure 7-09
8-14procedure specifications 10-08
for plastic piping21-15
requirements 18-05solvent cement 8-14
Bondsheat fusion 8-14hot gas welded 8-14test assembly 7-09
ASME B31.3 — CUMULATIVE INDEX — INTERPRETATIONS VOLS. 1–21
Interpre-Subject tation
Lateral Fittings 1-6
Leak Testsacceptance criteria 1-2
15-2216-03
alternative 4-095-076-088-1512-0112-2117-0517-1018-1520-18
as nondestructive 8-31examination
external design pressure 19-44for Category D fluid 1-36
servicefor Category M fluid 20-47
servicefor system designed for 0 2-31
psiisolation of test pump 1-2leakage 1-4minimum hydrostatic test 2-23
pressure4-04
minor repairs and 1-2additions
of discharge piping 1-72of joints 20-28of newly constructed 1-4
systems5-025-228-1520-24
of piping and vessel 1-63of piping connecting 3-3
equipmentof replacement piping 5-22
12-21painting before test 2-6
3-105-23
personnel qualification 8-31pneumatic test 11-07
11-1912-0213-0619-2319-3019-3220-17
preparation for 2-63-105-025-2312-03
(j)
Interpre-Subject tation
Leak Tests (Cont’d)reduced pressure 1-61
(hydrostatic test)2-2313-1320-17
requirements 8-1513-13
sensitive 1-2517-0219-0619-23
temperature correction for 1-351-43
test fluid 12-19test pressure 12-04
19-10time 20-46
21-1121-42
welds 20-0620-0720-3521-1021-36
Lethal Substance 1-73
Limitationson hardness 2-2on imperfections (see
Imperfections)on tubing size 2-13
3-6
Liquid Penetrant Examinationrequirements 11-14
Low Temperature Requirements (seeImpact Tests)
MaterialsAPI 5L 1-78
2-43-93-116-016-06
API 5LX 2-411-05
ASTM A 234 2-20ASTM A 312 1-29
1-772-20
ASTM A 350 19-07ASTM A 351 11-13ASTM A 387 8-25
Interpre-Subject tation
Materials (Cont’d)ASTM A 403 1-77
2-20ASTM A 487 8-07ASTM A 537 2-1ASTM A 570 1-38ASTM A 587 1-13ASTM A 633 1-11ASTM A 658 3-8ASTM A 671 1-48ASTM B 241 2-19ASTM B 337 4-18ASTM B 464 8-11austenitic stainless steels 3-13bases for design stresses 11-05carbon steel 19-39certification 5-10
8-0213-1021-03
conforming to two grades 8-188-34
listed 17-09R(Vol.18)
17-11notch sensitive 2-22notes 20-29reidentification 8-19toughness requirements 5-19traceability 19-28unlisted material 11-05
11-2015-0417-0117-0819-27
Mechanical Interlock 19-45
Miter Bends
pressure design of 1-225-11
Near Straight Sawtooth Runs
explanation of 1-33
Nomenclature
d 1-54T 1-28TW 5-04
5-16tn 1-75
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Replies to Technical InquiriesNovember 1, 2003 through October 31, 2005
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers inchronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or ifnone is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequentrevisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical andeditorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review ofthe interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revisedreply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case wherean interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additionalinformation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcom-mittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer toAppendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretationsby location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
I-1
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda a, what is the effective weldthroat thickness required for a proprietary integrally reinforced branch connection fitting?
Reply: The thickness is as required by the manufacturer’s design qualified in accordance withpara. 304.7.2 or MSS SP-97 and para. 328.5.4(d)
Note: In the Reply, the cross-reference to MSS SP-97 has been corrected by errata.
Interpretation: 20-01
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Figs. 328.5.2B and 328.5.2C, Slip-On and Socket Welds
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-03-01912
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, is the 1⁄16 in. approximate gapshown in Fig. 328.5.2B and Fig. 328.5.2C required to be present before any welding, includingtack welding?
Reply (1): Yes; also see interpretations 6-02, question (1); 10-19; and 16-06.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, can radiography be used to ascertainthe “1⁄16 in. approximate gap before welding” shown in Fig. 328.5.2B and Fig. 328.5.2C?
Reply (2): The Code does not specify or restrict the methodology to determine this dimension.
Interpretation: 20-02
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 302.3.5, Limits on Calculated Stresses Due to SustainedLoads and Displacement Strains
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-03-01915
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 302.3.5(c), shall sustainedload stresses be evaluated separately from the displacement stress ranges of para. 302.3.5(d)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 302.3.6(a), shall sustainedplus occasional load stresses be evaluated separately from the displacement stress ranges of para.302.3.5(d)?
Reply (2): Yes.
I-3
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 302.2.4, Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Varia-tions
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-00412
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, does para. 302.2.4 apply to pressuretransients caused by water hammer?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In a fluid transient due to water hammer, there can be many pressure cycles inthe piping response. In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, must all cycles in which thepressure exceeds the pressure rating or the calculated pressure stress exceeds the allowable stressbe considered with respect to the 1,000 cycle limit in para. 302.2.4(d)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, may the number of cycles of thevariation exceed 1,000 if justified by a more rigorous analysis in accordance with para. 300(c)(3)?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-04
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Clarification of Seamless Pipe
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-00414
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, can a seamless pipe that has been cutlongitudinally and reassembled by welding be considered as seamless pipe for the purpose ofdetermining the weld joint quality factor?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20-05
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 328.5.3, Seal Welds
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-00416
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 328.5.3, address sealing a threaded connectionby brazing?
Reply: No.
I-4
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Paras. 345.2.6 and 345.9.1(b), Leak Testing and Examinationof Welds
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-00417
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1999 Edition require 100% liquid penetrant or magnetic particleexamination of the seal welds applied at hydrostatic test vents and drains after the acceptanceof hydrostatic test results?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20-07
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 345.2.3(c), Testing of Closure Welds
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-00438
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, if piping subassemblies meetthe requirements specified in para. 345.2.3(c), are there any fluid service limitations to pipingsubassemblies for which closure welds are performed?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition permit a completed piping system, consisting ofpiping subassemblies, to have more than one closure weld if all subassemblies have been testedin accordance with para. 345.2.3 and all closure welds are examined in accordance with para.345.2.3(c)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-08
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Coverage of Ozone Gas
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-00496
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition provide coverage for ozone gas piping?
Reply: Yes; see the Introduction of ASME B31.3.
Interpretation: 20-09
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Applicability of Ultrasound Testing for Heavy Thick Piping
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-00497
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, is ultrasonic examination an accept-able substitute for radiography for a piping system utilizing Class 2500 components that hasbeen classified as high pressure piping in accordance with para. K300?
Reply (1): No; see para. K341.4.2(b).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, is ultrasonic examination an accept-able substitute for radiography for a piping system utilizing Class 2500 components if the systemhas not been classified as high pressure piping in accordance with para. K300?
Reply (2): Yes; see paras. 341.4.1(b)(1), 341.4.3(b), and M341.4(b)(1).
I-5
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, when a material with a pipe wallthickness of 1⁄2 in. requires impact testing per the requirements of para. 323.3, is the qualifiedbase metal thickness range for production welding, per A-5(a) of Table 323.3.1, 1⁄4 to 3⁄4 in.?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, may the one required set of threeHAZ (CVN) impact specimens, per the requirements of A-4, A-5, and 6 of Table 323.3.1, be takenat any depth location of the pipe wall thickness?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 345.2.3, may a component beconsidered a piping subassembly?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 20-12
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Design Stress for Bolts
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-01129
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition specify what loads to consider when calculating abolt stress to compare to the design stress values for bolting materials?
Reply: No, except for flanges; see para. 304.5.1.
I-6
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3, Fig. 323.2.2B, provide a basis for the use of impact-testedcarbon steels at a Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) colder than the impact testtemperature, provided the stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B is less than 1 and the MDMT isnot colder than −104°C (−155°F)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 permit Fig. 323.2.2B to be used to provide a basis for the useof impact-tested duplex stainless steels, UNS S31803, impact tested at −46°C (−50°F), in the samemanner as described in question (1)?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 20-14
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Qualifying the Heat Input for Impact Testing
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-01131
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition require that all the requirements of ASME BPV Code,Section IX, be complied with for a WPS requiring impact testing?
Question: Does ASME B31.3 permit a temperature reduction calculated in accordance with Fig.323.2.2B to be applied for carbon steels covered in 323.2.2(a) that have a minimum temperaturelisted in Table A-1?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, when 100% radiographic examinationand no further acceptance criteria are specified for Normal Fluid Service, is it required thatthe acceptance criteria for severe cyclic conditions as noted in Table 341.3.2 be applied to theexamination?
Reply: No, the requirements of Normal Fluid Service apply.
I-7
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Minimum Thickness for Test Blanks
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-01293
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition address required thickness for blanks or closuresinstalled only for a pneumatic or hydrostatic leak test?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition address required thickness for permanent blanksand closures?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-18
Subject: ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Paras. 300.1.1(b), 300(c)(4), 300(c)(5), 345.1, and 345.8, VacuumBox Testing of Piping Field Welds
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-01294
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-1996 Edition permit performing the Alternative Leak Testmethod in accordance with para. 345.9 in lieu of hydrostatic or pneumatic testing for NormalFluid Service piping that does not satisfy the conditions of para. 345.1(c)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 345.8, is it acceptable toperform a leak test in accordance with BPV Code, Section V, Article 10, Appendix II, BubbleTest — Vacuum Box Technique?
Reply (2): Yes, provided it has a demonstrated sensitivity of not less than 10-3 atm-ml/sec.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 345.8, if leak testing inaccordance with BPV Code, Section V, Article 10, Appendix II, Bubble Test — Vacuum BoxTechnique, is it acceptable to test piping with a 60 psig or greater design pressure at less than15 psi differential pressure?
Reply (3): No.
I-8
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Paras. 328.2.1 and 328.2.2
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-03-1913
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 328.2.1, by referencing BPV Code SectionIX, permit the use of Standard Welding Procedure Specifications, compliant with the requirementsof BPV Code, Section IX, Article V, in ASME B31.3 applications?
Reply (1): Yes, if they satisfy all the requirements of ASME B31.3, including the qualificationrequirements in para. 328.2.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 328.2.2 apply to Standard Welding ProcedureSpecifications compliant with the requirements of BPV Code, Section IX, Article V?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, do the rules of “discreet demonstra-tion” of BPV Code, Section IX, Article V comply with the requirements of para. 328.2.2(i)?
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition require more stringent examination acceptance criteriafor sour and hydrogen service designated as Normal Fluid Service than for other services desig-nated as Normal Fluid Service?
Reply: No. See paras. 300(c)(5) and F323.
Interpretation: 20-21
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. K303, Use of B16.9 Buttwelding Fittings
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-05-34
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, may an ASME B16.9 fitting for whichthe design pressure has been established by proof testing in accordance with ASME B16.9 beused in Chapter IX service?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of Table K326.1, Note (2) are met.
I-9
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): With the owner’s approval, as described in ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para.302.2.4(f)(1), is it permissible to exceed the pressure rating or the allowable stress for pressuredesign at temperature as described in para. 302.2.4(f)(1)(a) when the variation is self-limiting(e.g., due to a pressure relieving event)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. 302.2.4(f)(2), permit exceeding the pressurerating or the allowable stress for pressure design at the temperature at the increased conditionwithout owner’s approval?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-23
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Chapter VIII, Piping for Category M Fluid Service
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-05-107
Question (1): If an ASME BPV Code Section VIII vessel has been determined to be in “lethalsubstance” service, must the attached B31.3 piping system be classified as Category M FluidService?
Reply (1): No; see para. 300(b)(1).
Question (2): Is Appendix M of B31.3 mandatory?
Reply (2): No; see Table 300.4. However, see the definition of fluid service in para. 300.2.
Question (3): Is the Code user responsible for considering applicable items in Appendix M?
Reply (3): Yes; see Note (2) of Table 300.4.
Interpretation: 20-24
Subject: ASME B31.3-1998 Addenda to 1996 Edition, and B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 345.2.3, PipingSubassemblies
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-05-157 and B31-05-319
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition define “subassemblies” the same way as it defines“piping components”?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1998 Addenda and ASME B31.3-2002 Edition,does para. 345.2.3(a) allow piping components to be independently tested as required by para.345.1, and then assembled and placed into service with no additional leak testing?
Reply (2): No, unless the system is assembled with flanged joints or closure welds as describedin paras. 345.2.3(b) and (c).
I-10
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition establish a preference in the selection of listed versusunlisted components?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20-26
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 304.7.2
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-05-180
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 304.7.2, require calculations consistent withthe design criteria of the Code be performed and that these calculations be substantiated bymeans of (a), (b), (c), or (d)?
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Table A326.1, Applicability of ASTM F 1281, F 1282, and F 1974
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-05-391
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition allow the use of products meeting ASTM F 1281, F1282, and F 1974 in compressed gas service?
Reply: Yes. See para. A302.2.3 and Appendix F, para. FA323.4(b).
Interpretation: 20-31
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 323.2.2
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-05-404
Question (1): For welded (with filler metal added) austenitic stainless steel pipe or fittingmaterial intended for service with a minimum design metal temperature that is warmer thanthe minimum temperature allowed by Table A-1 but colder than −20°F, do the requirements ofblock A-4(b) of Table 323.2.2 apply?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): If it is required that the stainless steel pipe or fitting manufacturer conduct impacttests of the weld metal deposits, may the provisions of Note (2) of Table 323.2.2, allowing impacttests performed as part of the weld procedure qualification, be used to fully satisfy all the impacttest requirements of para. 323.2.2?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): If the stainless steel pipe or fitting manufacturer uses the impact tests performedas part of the weld procedure qualification to satisfy all the provisions of para. 323.2.2, do theprovisions of block A-1 of Table 323.3.1 apply?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): For austenitic stainless steel applications in ASME B31.3, are manufacturer’swelding procedure specifications and procedure qualifications necessary for any specificationswelded with filler metal?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): When welding procedure specifications and procedure qualifications that includequalification of the welding procedure by impact testing are produced by the manufacturer whenproducing austenitic stainless steel weld pipe or fittings, may those procedure specifications andqualifications be used to satisfy the requirements of Table 323.2.2?
Reply (5): Yes.
I-12
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): Should the allowable stress for A 403 WP321 fittings conforming to ASME B16.9,such as elbows and tees, be per A 312 TP321 pipe?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Should the wall thickness for seamless fittings conforming to ASME B16.9, manu-factured to A 403 WP321, be calculated based on the allowable stress value for A 403 WP321material?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-33
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 340.4
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-05-454
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 340.4, do the qualificationrequirements of the owner’s inspector apply to the individual designated as the owner’s inspector?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 340.4(b), do the qualificationrequirements of the owner’s inspector apply to the organization employing the inspector?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 20-34
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Examination and Quality Factor for Longitudinal Welds
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-05-455
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, if single butt longitudinal weldsmade as part of pipe fabrication are visually examined per para. 341.4.1(a)(3) and examined perpara. 341.4.1(b), does a joint factor, Ej, of 0.80 apply?
Reply (1): Yes; see Table 302.3.4.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, if single butt longitudinal weldsmade as part of pipe fabrication are visually examined per para. 341.4.1(a)(3), examined per para.341.4.1(b), and radiographed per para 341.5.1(a), does a joint factor, Ej, of 0.90 apply?
Reply (2): Yes; see Table 302.3.4.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, if single butt longitudinal weldsmade as part of pipe fabrication are visually examined per para. 341.4.1(a)(3) and 100% radio-graphed per para. 344.5.1 and Table 341.3.2, does a joint factor, Ej, of 1.00 apply?
Reply (3): Yes; see Table 302.3.4.
I-13
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition require, when a structural attachment is fillet weldedon one side, that the opposite side of the structural attachment be left exposed for examinationduring leak testing?
Reply: No. See also interpretation 19-23.
Interpretation: 20-36
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Paras. M314.2.2 and M335.3.3, and Fig. 335.3.3(a)
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-786
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31-3-2004 Edition, may straight thread, O-ring styleconnection fittings be used in Category M fluid service?
Reply (1): Yes, provided that they meet the requirements of the Code, including para. M314.2.2and para. M335.3.3.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, is demonstrating leak tightnesssufficient to qualify use of fittings such as those shown in Fig. 335.3.3(a) for use in Category MFluid Service?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 20-37
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Para. 304.7.2
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1141
Question (1): When qualifying unlisted components for pressure design using ASME B31.3-2004Edition, para. 304.7.2(d), using the rules of BPVC Section VIII-1, UG-101, may the designer makeanalogies among related materials in accordance with para. 304.7.2(e)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2004 Edition define related materials as used in para. 304.7.2(e)?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 20-38
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Para. 300(c)(3)
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1142
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, may a designer apply a more rigorousanalysis to qualify a design that deviates from specific requirements of the Code?
Reply: Yes. See para. 300(c)(3).
I-14
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, are the longitudinal seams ofwelded seam pipe and seams in welded seam fittings subject to the postweld heat treatmentrequirements of para. 331?
Reply (1): Yes, provided the welds are made in accordance with para. 328.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, do the postweld heat treatmentrequirements of para. 331 apply to listed components?
Reply (2): No, unless otherwise required by the notes for Appendix A or specified in theengineering design.
Interpretation: 20-40
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Paras. 301.1(c) and (d)
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1208
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, does the successful completion ofan engineering program that is equivalent to 2 years of full-time study meet the engineeringassociate’s degree requirement of para. 301.1(c)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does the “experience in the design of related pressure piping” requirement inpara. 301.1(d) differ from the requirements in paras. 301.1(a), (b), and (c)?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition address the initiation of experience in para. 301.1?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, when qualifying a welding procedurefor High Pressure Fluid Service, does the range of material thicknesses specified in Table K323.3.1apply to determine the number of impact test pieces required?
Reply: Yes.
I-15
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Table 331.1.1, for P-No. 1 material,can a weld procedure qualified to ASME Section IX that has a weld joint thickness range from0.0625 in. to 2.00 in. be used without postweld heat treatment for a butt groove weld joint witha thickness greater than 3⁄4 in.?
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, are strains caused by cyclic supportdisplacements during seismic events considered to be externally imposed displacements in accor-dance with para. 319.2.1(c)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, shall externally imposed displace-ment strains, excluding single cycle events, be considered in conjunction with thermal displace-ment strains?
Reply (2): Yes; see para. 319.2.1(d).
I-16
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 345.2.2(a), Examination for Leaks
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1222
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, does the 10 min minimum hold timereferenced in para. 345.2.2 apply to both hydrostatic leak test in accordance with para. 345.4.2and pneumatic leak test in accordance with para. 345.5.4?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, are both a sensitive leak test and ahydrostatic, pneumatic, or hydrostatic-pneumatic leak test required for Category M piping?
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2004 Edition advise against using the relative motion of threadedconnections (i.e., to screw and unscrew some fraction of a turn) to provide flexibility for thermalexpansion?
Reply (1): Yes. See para. 314.1(c).
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2004 Edition prohibit the practice of using the relative motionof threaded connections to provide flexibility for thermal expansion?
Reply (2): No, provided the relative motion does not cause leakage at the joint, as required bypara. 319.1.1.
Interpretation: 20-49
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Use of Sh for Occasional Stress Evaluation
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1306
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, when a piping system operates atmultiple sets of coincident operating temperatures and pressures, and the system may at anyrandom moment be loaded with an occasional load such as earthquake, wind, or pressure relief,should all coincident operating pressures and temperatures expected during operation be consid-ered and shall the basic allowable stress used in para. 302.3.6 be based on the applicable tempera-ture for each condition?
Reply: Yes.
I-17
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Duration of Occasional Loads
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1307
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition address the duration of a load in qualifying the loadas being occasional in para. 302.3.6?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20-51
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Para. 302.2.4
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1308
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, para. 302.2.4(f)(1)(a), is the 33% over-pressure allowance for no more than 10 hr at any one time and no more than 100 hr/yr applicableto pressure relieving events?
Reply: Yes, provided all other applicable requirements of para. 302.2.4 are met.
I-18
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
for ASTM A 312 1-29for ASTM A 351 11-13for ASTM A 387 8-25for ASTM A 464 8-11for ASTM A 570 1-38for ASTM A 587 1-13for ASTM A 671 1-48for austenitic stainless 3-13
steelsfor unlisted alloy steel 19-09
pipe
Alterations of Piping 13-04
Alternative Tests (see Leak Tests)
Authorized Inspector (see Owner’sInspector)
Bellows 13-09
Bending 4-02
(f)
Interpre-Subject tation
Bending (Cont’d)8-0315-1716-08
Bendscorrugated 1-23miter (see Miter Bends)reduction of outside 8-20
diameter
Bonding Qualification Testhot gas welded 8-14minimum burst pressure 7-09
8-14procedure specifications 10-08
for plastic pipingrequirements 18-05solvent cement 8-14
Bondsheat fusion 8-14hot gas welded 8-14test assembly 7-09
ASTM A 350 19-07ASTM A 351 11-13ASTM A 387 8-25ASTM A 403 1-77
2-20ASTM A 487 8-07ASTM A 537 2-1ASTM A 570 1-38ASTM A 587 1-13ASTM A 633 1-11ASTM A 658 3-8ASTM A 671 1-48ASTM B 241 2-19ASTM B 337 4-18ASTM B 464 8-11austenitic stainless steels 3-13bases for design stresses 11-05carbon steel 19-39certification 5-10
8-0213-10
conforming to two grades 8-188-34
listed 17-09R(Vol.18)
17-11notch sensitive 2-22notes 20-29reidentification 8-19toughness requirements 5-19traceability 19-28unlisted material 11-05
Interpre-Subject tation
Materials (Cont’d)unlisted material (Cont’d)
11-2015-0417-0117-0819-27
Mechanical Interlock 19-45
Miter Bendspressure design of 1-22
5-11
Near Straight Sawtooth Runsexplanation of 1-33
Nomenclatured 1-54T 1-28TW 5-04
5-16tn 1-75
Nonmetallic Pipingfluid service requirements 11-17
B31 CASE 178Providing an Equation for Longitudinal Stress for Sustained Loads in ASME B31.3 Construction
Approval Date: May 6, 2005This Case shall expire on May 1, 2008, unless previously annulled or reaffirmed.
Inquiry: ASME B31.3 provides a description fordetermining SL for sustained loads. Is there an equationthat may be used?
Reply: It is the opinion of the committee that, in theabsence of more applicable data and in accordance withpara. 302.3.5(c), the following equation may be used tocalculate SL for sustained loads:
SL p �(|Sa| + Sb)2 + (2St)2
where the definitions in para. 319.4.4 apply andSa p stress due to axial loads1
p Fa/ApFa p longitudinal force due to pressure,2 weight, and
other sustained loadingsAp p cross-sectional area considering nominal pipe
thickness less the sum of the mechanical (thread
1 In the absence of more applicable data, Sa and St need not beintensified.
2 Fa includes the longitudinal force due to pressure P � Ai forpiping systems that contain no expansion joints, where Ai p � �d2/4 and d is the pipe inside diameter considering pipe wall thick-ness less allowances. For piping systems with expansion joints, itis the responsibility of the designer to determine the longitudinalforce due to the pressure in the piping system.
C-1
or groove depth), corrosion, and erosion allow-ances
Sb p resultant, intensified bending stress3 due topressure, weight, and other sustained loadings
p�(IiMi)2 + (IoMo)2
Z
Ii p in-plane sustained stress index.4 In the absenceof more applicable data, Ii is taken as the greaterof 0.75ii or 1.00.
Io p out-plane sustained stress index.4 In theabsence of more applicable data, Io is taken asthe greater of 0.75io or 1.00.
St p torsional stress3 due to pressure, weight, andother sustained loadings1
p Mt/2Z
3 Z shall be based on the nominal section, less the sum of themechanical (thread or groove depth), corrosion, and erosion allow-ances.
4 It is the responsibility of the designer to determine Ii and Io; incases where these indices are based on stress intensification factors,it is the responsibility of the designer to determine ii and io for allcomponents not explicitly addressed in Appendix D (e.g., elbows/bends/miters other than 90 deg, base-ells, reducing elbows,crosses, etc.).
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Replies to Technical InquiriesApril 1, 2001 through October 31, 2003
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers inchronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or ifnone is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequentrevisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of theCode.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical andeditorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review ofthe interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revisedreply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additionalinformation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcom-mittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer toAppendix Z.
Numerical and Subject Indexes
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretationsby location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
I-1
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2000 Addenda), Appendix E, Later Editions
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-01-035
Question: May later editions/addenda of a section of the ASME Boiler and Pressure VesselCode than that listed in Appendix E be used for construction in accordance with B31.3?
Reply: No, unless specified in the engineering design. See para. 300(c).
Question: May components manufactured in accordance with standards listed in Table 326.1,which state pressure-temperature ratings are based on straight seamless pipe, have their pressureratings established in accordance with para. 302.2.2?
Question: May an unlisted component, such as a clamp connector designed by the rules of theASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 24, be in a B31.3piping system?
Reply: Yes, provided that it meets all of the applicable requirements of the B31.3 Code, includingpara. 302.2.3.
I-3
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2000 Addenda), Para. 332.1, General and Para. 332.4, Required HeatTreatment
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-01-038
Question (1): May pipe be bent using both hot and cold methods simultaneously on the samebend, such as might occur during the induction bending process?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): For P-Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, and 10a materials in which pipe is bent using both hot andcold methods simultaneously on the same bend (such as might occur during the induction bendingprocess), is heat treatment required after bending in accordance with para. 332.4.1?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): For P-Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, and 10a materials in which pipe is bent using both hot andcold methods simultaneously on the same bend (such as might occur during the induction bendingprocess), is heat treatment required after bending in accordance with para. 332.4.2 if none of theconditions in para. 332.4.2(a), (b), or (c) exist?
Reply (3): No; however, heat treatment would be required in accordance with para. 332.4.1.
Question (4): For materials other than P-Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, and 10a materials in which pipe is bentusing both hot and methods simultaneously on the same bend (such as might occur during theinduction bending process), is heat treatment after bending in accordance with para. 332.4.2required if none of the conditions in paras. 332.4.2(a), (b), or (c) exist?
Reply (4): No, unless otherwise specified in the engineering design.
Interpretation: 19-05
Subject: B31.3-1999 (2000 Addenda), Para. 341.4.1(b)(1), Production Welds
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-01-039
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, 2000 Addenda, para. 341.4.1(b)(1), doproduction welds include both shop and field welding?
Reply: Yes.
I-4
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2000 Addenda), Para. 345.8, Sensitive Leak Test
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-01-047
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Addenda (a), does the Gas andBubble Test method specified in para. 345.8 refer to the Bubble Test – Direct Pressure Techniquespecified in Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, Article 10?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Addenda (a), must the BubbleTest – Direct Pressure Technique specified in Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, Article10 demonstrate a sensitivity of at least 10-3 atm-ml/sec to meet the requirements of a sensitiveleak test in para. 345.8?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 19-07
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-01-048
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, may ASTM A 350 LF2 material beused at temperatures below −50°F with no further impact testing?
Reply: Yes, provided that the requirements of para. 323.2.2(d) and Fig. 323.2.2B are met. Seealso para. F301.
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 (2000 Addenda), does para. MA323.4 prohibitreinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) or borosilicate glass piping?
Reply: No.
I-5
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: Is it the intent of ASME B31.3a-2000, para. K323.1.2 to require that the allowablestress value at design temperature for an unlisted alloy steel pipe material for a High PressureFluid Service application not exceed the lower of two-thirds of the specified minimum yieldstrength at room temperature, and two-thirds of the yield strength at temperature, in accordancewith para. K302.3.2(d)?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 19-10
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Para. 345.4.2, Test Pressures
Date Issued: July 1, 2002
File: B31-02-02434
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), must the minimumhydrostatic test pressure for flanges and flanged valves be calculated in accordance with equa-tion (24)?
Reply (1): Yes, except when para. 345.4.2(c) applies.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), may the designer,owner, or end user waive the requirements of para. 345.4.2?
Reply (2): No.
I-6
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition and 2001 Addenda, Para. 300, General Statements
Date Issued: July 1, 2002
File: B31-02-02436
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), is it the responsibil-ity of the owner to establish the design requirements necessary for determining the piping designloads?
Reply (1): Yes. See para. 300(b).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), is it the responsibil-ity of the designer to determine the piping design based upon design requirements establishedby the owner?
Reply (2): Yes. See para. 300(b).
Question (3): Does the Code define the excessive and harmful effects of vibration referencedin para. 301.5.4?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): Does para. 301.5.4 require complete elimination of vibration?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): Does B31.3 permit the designer to determine acceptance criteria for loads andconditions where no such criteria are provided by the Code?
Reply (5): Yes, with acceptance by the owner; see para. 300(c)(3). Also see para. 300(c)(5).
Question (6): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), para. K323.2.4(a),when a designer uses an unlisted material, or when a listed material is to be used above thehighest temperature for which stress values appear in Appendix K, shall the designer demonstratethe validity of the allowable stresses and other design limits to the owner?
Reply (6): Yes. See para. 300(b)(2).
Interpretation: 19-12
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Para. 304.5, Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks
Date Issued: July 1, 2002
File: B31-02-02440
Question (1): May an ASME B16.5 blind flange be bored and used as a lapped flange in B31.3piping systems without meeting the requirements of para. 304.5.1?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): May a lapped flange be fabricated from plate for use in B31.3 piping systems?
Reply (2): Yes, provided the design meets the requirements of para. 304.5.1.
I-7
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Appendix B, Stress Tables and Allowable PressureTables for Nonmetals
Date Issued: July 1, 2002
File: B31-02-02441
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), may hydrostaticdesign stresses (HDS) be extrapolated for temperatures outside the range listed in Appendix B?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), may hydrostatic designstresses (HDS) exceeding those listed in Appendix B be used for pressure design calculations?
Reply (2): Yes, if developed in accordance with paras. A302.3.2 and A323.2.1.
Question (3): In accordance with B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), may plastic materials notlisted in Appendix B be used in pressure-containing piping components?
Question: According to ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, may a partial compliance fitting as definedin ASME B16.9-1993 Edition be considered a listed component?
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), para. 331.1.1(c) isthe term “final welds” defined?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), para. 341.3.1, isNDE examination of piping constructed of P1 or P2 materials required to be performed afterfinal heat treatment?
Reply (2): No.
I-8
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Fig. 328, Weld End Configurations
Date Issued: July 1, 2002
File: B31-02-03071
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), is it required that theweld end configurations be identical on both sides of the weld?
Reply: No, except that a combination of the configuration types must meet the requirementsof the WPS. See para. 328.4.2(a)(2).
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), does the Coderequire the examiner to be present 100% of the time during all welding operations?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), does the Coderequire the examiner to be present 100% of the time for in-process examination described in para.344.7?
Reply (2): No, but the examiner must be present to examine points (a) through (g), as applicable,for the entire weld.
Interpretation: 19-18
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Para. 302.3.6, Limits of Calculated Stress Due toOccasional Loads
Date Issued: July 1, 2002
File: B31-02-03074
Question: Does para. 302.3.6(a) include occasional internal pressure loads (e.g., surges, spikes,peaks, and water hammer) in the summation of longitudinal stresses due to sustained andoccasional loads?
Reply: Yes. In addition, all pressure variations must meet the requirements of para. 302.2.4.
Question: When qualifying an unlisted component for use in a B31.3 piping system by calcula-tion under para. 302.2.3, shall the calculations be based on the B31.3 allowable stresses?
Reply: Yes.
I-9
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), paras. 328.5.2(a)and 328.5.2(b), may a slip-on flange be welded on the face side and intermittent welded on thehub side?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), does the Codepermit slip-on flanges to be welded on the face side, with the back side (hub side) stitch welded(intermittent welded) when qualified in accordance with para. 300(c)(3)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 19-21
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Table 323.2.2, Requirements for Low Temperature Toughness Tests forMetals and Para. 323.3, Impact Testing Methods and Criteria
Date Issued: October 10, 2002
File: B31-02-03629
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if a welding procedure has been qualifiedby impact testing for service at a temperature of −49°C in accordance with para. 323.3, but thebase material and weld material were impact tested at a warmer temperature in accordance withtheir respective material specifications, may the weld procedure be used for service at temperaturesas low as −49°C?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is it a requirement of ASME B31.3-2002 that the same brand and batch numberof material, as used in weld procedure qualification impact testing, be used for production welds?
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 345, Testing and Para. 345.2.6, Repairs or Additions After LeakTesting
Date Issued: October 10, 2002
File: B31-02-03632
Question (1): Is it the intent of ASME B31.3-2002, para. 345 that structural attachment weldsto piping be examined for leaks during hydrostatic test, pneumatic test, combination hydrostatic-pneumatic test, or sensitive leak test?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is it the intent of ASME B31.3-2002, para. 345.2.6 that structural attachments topiping, following leak testing, be considered an “addition” that may not require retesting as longas precautionary measures are taken to assure sound construction and the owner agrees?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, para. 331.1.3, is postweld heat treatmentrequired for branch connection welds when the thickness of the components at the joint is greaterthan the nominal thickness listed in Table 331.1.1, but the thickness through the weld in anyplane is less than two times the nominal wall thickness listed?
Reply: No. See para. 331.1.3(a).
Interpretation: 19-25
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 345.4, Hydrostatic Leak Test
Date Issued: October 10, 2002
File: B31-02-03683
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, is it permitted to hydrotest at a lower pressurethan required by para. 345.4 because B31.3 piping is connected to piping constructed to anotherASME B31 Code which allows a lower hydrotest pressure?
Reply: No.
I-11
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 (2001 Addenda), para. 328.2.2(i), when usingwelding procedures qualified by others, must all welders qualified to a specific WPS be qualifiedby bend testing under BPV Section IX, para. QW-302?
Reply: No. Only one welder must be qualified to the specific WPS by the requirements of BPVSection IX, para. QW-302. All others may be qualified in accordance with ASME B31.3, para. 328.2.
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 permit a material not listed in Appendix A to be used inthe design of a pressure containing system?
Reply: Yes. See para. 323.1.2.
Intepretation: 19-28
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 323.1, Materials and Specifications
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-02-04056
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 require maintenance of traceability to a heat number markingof a component that is removed or rendered unreadable during the fabrication process?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if unlisted components are qualified for usein B31.3 piping systems in accordance with para. 304.7.2 in IPS sizes, are they also qualified inmetric sizes?
Reply: It is the responsibility of the manufacturer to determine that the fittings are qualified,considering para. 304.7.2(e).
I-12
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if an owner considers a hydrostatic leaktest impractical for reasons listed in para. 345.1(b) for non-jacketed pipe subject to externalpressure, and substitutes a pneumatic leak test, do the provisions of para. 345.2.4 take precedenceover the test pressure prescribed in para. 345.5.4?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if an owner considers a hydrostatic leaktest impractical, for reasons listed in para. 345.1(b) for jacketed pipe subject to external pressure,and substitutes a pneumatic test, do the provisions of para. 345.2.4 take precedence over the testpressure prescribed in para. 345.5.4?
Reply (2): Yes and see the provisions of para. 345.2.5.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, are the requirements of para. 345.2.4 to beapplied to hydrostatic leak testing exclusively?
Reply (3): No. See para. 345.2.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if a pipe is to be subjected to a hydrostaticleak test in accordance with para. 345.2.4, must the ST/S ratio of equation (24) be considered?
Reply (4): No.
Interpretation: 19-31
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 300(c)(5), Gas Pressure Reducing Station
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00062
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, is it required to apply ASME B31.1, para.122.8.1 for a Gas Pressure Reducing Station that is specified to be designed to B31.3?
Reply: No; however, see para. 300(c)(5).
Interpretation: 19-32
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 345.5, Pneumatic Leak Test
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00264
Question: Does ASME B31-3-2002 provide procedures for pneumatic testing other than thoseshown in para. 345.5?
Reply: No.
I-13
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, are couplings (socket welded or threaded)permitted for use as branch connections?
Reply (1): Yes. See para. 304.3.1(a)(2).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, may couplings used as branch connectionsbe attached using fillet welds?
Reply (2): No. See para. 328.5.4(d).
Interpretation: 19-34
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 300.2, Definition of Fluid Service
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00437
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, is it permissible to categorize pipingconveying a flammable fluid service as Category D fluid service?
Reply (1): No. See para. 300.2, definition of fluid service, subparagraph (a).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, do circumferential butt welds made byautomatic orbital welding method or any other welding method require NDE in piping containingflammable fluid?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 19-35
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Table 323.2.2, Requirements for Low Temperature Tests for Metals
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00479
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 permit fabrication of a piping system with a design minimumtemperature of −50°F with filler material in accordance with a specification with a recommendedminimum of −20°F?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of Table 323.2.2 are satisfied.
I-14
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 321.1.4(e), Piping Support Materials
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00482
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, para. 321.1.4(e), is it required that attachmentmaterial welded to the pipe have the same properties and composition as the pipe material?
Reply: No. See para. 321.3.2 for additional requirements for welded attachments and para.328.5 for welding requirements.
Interpretation: 19-37
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 302.3.2(a)(3), Bases for Design Stresses
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00694
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002, para. 302.3.2(a)(3) require, for bolting material whose strengthhas been enhanced by heat treatment or strain hardening, for temperatures below the creep range,the values of allowable stress for the material in the annealed condition [determined in accordancewith paras. 302.3.2(a)(1) and (2)] be used if it is greater than the value for the strain hardenedor heat treated bolt determined in accordance with para. 302.3.2(c)(3)?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 19-38
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 302.3.2(d), Bases for Design Stresses
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00734
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, for a listed carbon steel material, may themeasured tensile strength and measured yield strength as shown in the Material Test Report beused to establish the basic allowable stress values at room temperature per para. 302.3.2, insteadof using the basic allowable stress values in Appendix A?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if a material conforms to a listed materialand also to a published unlisted material (i.e., dual certified) which has higher specified minimumstrengths, may the allowable stresses be determined using para. 323.1.2?
Reply (2): Yes.
I-15
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 323.2.2(d), Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00821
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, para. 323.2.2(d), may Fig. 323.2.2B beapplied to carbon steel materials which have a numerical value listed in the Minimum Temperaturecolumn of Table A-1?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, do the additional requirements in paras.323.2.2(d)(1)(a) and 323.2.2(d)(1)(b) apply to carbon steel materials covered by para. 323.2.2(a)?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 19-40
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 319.3.1(a), Thermal Expansion Data
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00829
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, does the phrase “maximum metal tempera-ture...for the thermal cycle under analysis” in para. 319.3.1(a) require the use of the designtemperature (defined in accordance with para. 301.3) in “determining total displacement strainsfor computing the stress range” SE?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if the appropriate engineering calculations areperformed in accordance with para. 300(c)(3) to ensure that a smaller relief device has the capacityto relieve the pressure generated, can a relief device smaller than NPS 1⁄2 be used in accordancewith para. 322.6.3, considering the reference to the BPV Code Section VIII, Division 1, UG-128?
Reply: Yes, provided the component meets all other requirements of B31.3.
I-16
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Para. 341.4.1(b)(1), Extent of Required Examination
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00828
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, for a girth or miter groove weldthat is visually examined by radiography internally and externally, and then examined, is itrequired that both the criteria (depth and length) for incomplete penetration in Table 341.3.2 beevaluated for acceptance of the weld?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, for a girth or miter groove weldthat does not have access to examine the weld internally and is visually acceptable externally,and is examined by radiography, is it required that both the criteria (depth and length) forincomplete penetration in Table 341.3.2 be evaluated for acceptance of the weld?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, for a girth or miter groove weldthat does not have access to examine the weld internally and is visually acceptable externally,and is examined by radiography, is it acceptable to apply only the criteria for length for incompletepenetration in accordance with Table 341.3.2, for acceptance of the weld?
Reply (3): No, all listed types of weld imperfection must be evaluated.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, for girth or miter groove weld thatdoes not have access to examine the weld internally and is visually acceptable externally, and isexamined by radiography, is it acceptable to determine the depth of incomplete penetration inaccordance with Table 341.3.2, by density comparison of incomplete penetration to the densityof the wall thickness on the radiograph?
Reply (4): The Code does not address the methods for determining the extent of incompletepenetration.
Question (5): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, for a girth or miter groove weldthat does not have access to examine the weld internally and is visually acceptable externally,and is examined by radiography, if the depth of the incomplete penetration is indeterminablevisually, does the weld meet the requirement for the depth of incomplete penetration?
Reply (5): The Code does not address the methods for determining the extent of incompletepenetration.
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, does a material with a letter designationin the Minimum Temperature column of Table A-1 require impact testing when the temperature/material thickness combination falls below the curve of Fig. 323.2.2A for the specified letterdesignation?
Reply: Yes. See para. 323.2.2(c), unless exemptions apply.
I-17
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 345.2.5, Leak Test
Date Issued: October 9, 2003
File: B31-03-01343
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, when a leak test is applied to jacketed pipewhere the leak test is to be based upon a critical external design pressure in accordance withpara. 345.2.5(a), is the internal test pressure to be in accordance with para. 345.2.4 regardless ofwhether the leak test is hydrostatic, pneumatic, or hydrostatic-pneumatic?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, would a joint in which the mechanical strengthis developed by crimping a female part onto a pipe or tube qualify as having a mechanicalinterlock in accordance with para. 318.2.2?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, do Table A-1 allowable stress values for carbonsteel piping contain a built-in allowance for loss of tensile strength at temperatures below 204°C(400°F)?
Reply: For the design stress bases, see para. 302.3.
I-18
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limits
Date Issued: October 9, 2003
File: B31-03-01347
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, when using a reduced stress ratio per Fig.323.2.2B to permit use of non-impact tested materials per para. 323.2.2(d), can the hydrostatictest required by para. 323.2.2(d)(1)(a) be substituted with the pneumatic test as permitted bypara. 345.1(b)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if a material is exempt from impact testingbecause the requirements of para. 323.2.2(d) are satisfied, are welds and heat affected zonesrequired to be tested per Table 323.2.2, Column A (b)?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 19-48
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Paras. 300(c)(3) and 304.7.2, Radiographic Survey Plugs
Date Issued: October 9, 2003
File: B31-03-01455
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 permit the use of plugs threaded into the pipe wall, such asmight be used for radiographic surveys?
Reply: Yes, provided all of the requirements of ASME B31.3 are met, including the reinforcementrequirements of para. 304.3.
Interpretation: 19-49
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Paras. 341 and 345, Repair or Replacement of Piping
Date Issued: October 9, 2003
File: B31-03-01441
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2002 apply to the repair of piping or piping components whichhave been placed into service?
Reply (1): No. See para. 300(c)(2).
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2002 apply to the replacement of piping or piping componentswhich have been placed into service?
Reply (2): The Code does not address replacement.
I-19
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
for ASTM A 312 1-29for ASTM A 351 11-13for ASTM A 387 8-25for ASTM A 570 1-38for ASTM A 587 1-13for ASTM A 671 1-48for ASTM A 464 8-11for austenitic stainless 3-13
steelsfor unlisted alloy steel 19-09
pipe
Alterations of Piping 13-04
Alternative Tests (see Leak Tests)
Authorized Inspector (see Owner’sInspector)
Bellows 13-09
(f)
Interpre-Subject tation
Bending 4-028-0315-1716-08
Bendscorrugated 1-23miter (see Miter Bends)reduction of outside 8-20
diameter
Bonding Qualification Testhot gas welded 8-14minimum burst pressure 7-09
8-14procedure specifications 10-08
for plastic pipingrequirements 18-05solvent cement 8-14
Bondsheat fusion 8-14hot gas welded 8-14test assembly 7-09
Cumulative Index — Interpretations Vols. 1–19 ASME B31.3-2004
Interpre-Subject tation
Leak Tests (Cont’d)
minor repairs and 1-2additions
of discharge piping 1-72of newly constructed 1-4
systems5-025-228-15
of piping and vessel 1-63of piping connecting 3-3
equipmentof replacement piping 5-22
12-21painting before test 2-6
3-105-23
personnel qualification 8-31pneumatic test 11-07
11-1912-0213-0619-2319-3019-32
preparation for 2-63-105-025-2312-03
reduced pressure 1-61(hydrostatic test)
2-2313-13
requirements 8-1513-13
sensitive 1-2517-0219-0619-23
temperature correction for 1-351-43
test fluid 12-19test pressure 12-04
19-10
Lethal Substance 1-73
Limitationson hardness 2-2on imperfections (see
Imperfections)on tubing size 2-13
3-6
(i)
Interpre-Subject tation
Liquid Penetrant Examinationrequirements 11-14
Low Temperature Requirements (seeImpact Tests)
MaterialsAPI 5L 1-78
2-43-93-116-016-06
API 5LX 2-411-05
ASTM A234 2-20ASTM A 312 1-29
1-772-20
ASTM A 350 19-07ASTM A 351 11-13ASTM A 387 8-25ASTM A 403 1-77
2-20ASTM A 487 8-07ASTM A 537 2-1ASTM A 570 1-38ASTM A 587 1-13ASTM A 633 1-11ASTM A 658 3-8ASTM A 671 1-48ASTM B 241 2-19ASTM B 337 4-18ASTM B 464 8-11austenitic stainless steels 3-13bases for design stresses 11-05carbon steel 19-39certification 5-10
8-0213-10
conforming to two grades 8-188-34
listed 17-09R17-11
notch sensitive 2-22reidentification 8-19toughness requirements 5-19traceability 19-28unlisted material 11-05
11-2015-0417-0117-0819-27
Interpre-Subject tation
Mechanical Interlock 19-45
Miter Bendspressure design of 1-22
5-11
Near Straight Sawtooth Runsexplanation of 1-33
Nomenclatured 1-54T 1-28tn 1-75TW 5-04
5-16
Nonmetallic Pipingfluid service requirements 11-17
Replies to Technical Inquiries December 1, 1999 through March 31, 2001
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
213
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
B31.3 Subject . Appendix D, Thickness of a Welding Tee ..................................... Para . 300(c). General Statements., .......................................... Para . 302.3.5(c), Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained oads and
Displacement Strains ..................................................... Para . 304.2.2., Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe ............................ Para . 319.2.3, Displacement Stress Range ....................................... Para . 328.2.3, Performance Qualification by others .............................. Para . 33 1.1.3, Governing Thickness ........................................... Para . 331.2, Heat Treatment Specific Requirements .............................. Para . 341.3.4(a), Progressive Sampling for Examination .......................... Para . 341.4.1@)(1), Examination Normally Required ............................. Para . 344. Types of Examination ............................................. Para . 344.2, Visual Examination .............................................
Para . 345.4.2, Test Pressure ................................................. Para . 345.9.1, Alternative Leak Test .......................................... Para . A328.2.1@), Bonding Qualification Requirements ..........................
Para. 345.2.2(a), Other Test Requirements .....................................
Table 323.2.2, Impact Testing Requirements for Metais .......................... Table 323.2.2, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals .......................... Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria for Welds ...................................
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, if a welding operator’s weld is rejected and the repair is made by another welding operator, does para. 341.3.3 require the repair weld be examined?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, may the two additional welds required by
Reply (2): Yes.
para. 341.3.4(a) be examined at the same time as the above referenced repair weld?
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. 331.1.3, can the governing thickness for the heat treatment of branch connection welds in Fig. 328.5.4D be calculated or determined by means other than the formulas provided in para. 331.1.3(a)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. 331.1.3, shall the governing through- weld thickness for the heat treatment of branch connection welds in accordance with Fig. 328.5.4D be calculated in accordance with the formulas provided in para. 331.1.3(a), even if a dimension through the weld may be greater than calculated by the formulas?
Reply (2): Yes.
215
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 345.4.2, Test Pressure
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B3 1-00-004
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. 345.4.2(b), when a piping system is constructed of different materials, shall the stress values, ST and S, from each of the individual points in the system be used to calculate the required test pressure for that point in the system in accordance with Eq. (24)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3 1.3-1999 Edition, when the required test pressure for individual points in a piping system differ, and the system is tested as a whole, may any point in the piping system be subjected to a pressure less than its required test pressure in accordance with Eq. (24)?
Reply (2): No, except as provided for in paras. 345.4.2(b), 345.4.2(c), and 345.4.3.
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. A328.2.l(b), does each material type,
Reply (1): No.
using the same joining method, require a separate bonding procedure specification (BPS)?
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. A328.2.5 is a bonder or bonding
Reply (2): No.
operator required to qualify for each material type listed in the BPS?
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, can a bonder qualification test pressure for thermoplastics when using the hydrostatic test method, be less than the calculated test pressure in accordance with A328.2.5(c)( i)?
Reply (3): No.
216
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 304.2.2, Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B31-00-010
Question (1): In accordance with para. 304.2.2, if a B16.9 elbow is modified by trimming it (e.g., a standard 90 deg elbow trimmed to 75 or 15 deg), such that it no longer is in compliance with B16.9, must it be qualified as an unlisted component in accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is the pressure rating of a B16.9 fitting determined by the actual pipe to which it is attached?
Reply (2): No. See para. 302.2.2.
Question (3): If the ends of a B16.9 or B16.10 component have been taper bored, such that its length no longer meets the length requirements of the component standard, must it be qualified by para. 304.7.2?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 18-07
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued: May 3 1, 2000
File: B31-00-011
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Table 341.3.2, what is the acceptance criteria
Reply: The Code does not require welds greater than 3/16 in. nominal thickness to be evaluated for these
for surface porosity and exposed slag inclusions for weld thickness greater than 3/16 in.?
imperfections.
Interpretation: 18-08
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 328.2.3, Performance Qualification by Others
Date Issued May 31, 2000
File: B31-00-012
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. 328.2.3, is it acceptable to use the date furnished by a previous employer for the Welder Qualification Record as the date that the individual last used the procedure on pressure piping when that date cannot be determined?
Reply: No.
217
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B3 1.3- 1999 Edition, Para. 300(c), General Statements
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B31-00-013
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, should the designer use EQ. (Id) to assess
Reply (1): Yes. However, see para. 300(c)(3).
fatigue from two or more sources (e.g., thermal plus wave action)?
Question (2): When determining the allowable displacement stress range of high strength materials in
Reply (2): Yes. However, see para. 300(c)(5).
B31.3 piping, does B31.3 use the allowable stresses in Appendix A in Eqs. (la) and (lb)?
Interpretation: 18-10
Subject: ASME B31.3- 1999 Edition, Para. 345.2.2(a), Other Test Requirements
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B31-00-016
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, can the requirement of para. 345.2.2(a) be satisfied by lowering the test pressure to the design pressure (multiplied by the ratio of the allowable stress for the test temperature to the allowable stress for the design temperature) before examination for leaks?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 18-1 1
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 344, Types of Examination
Date Issued: November 1,2000
File: B31-00-025
Question (i): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, in a weld that is visually examined for Category D Fluid Service, shall incomplete penetration be judged only on indications at the root andor surface area?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, in a weld that is visually and/or radiographi- cally examined for Normal Fluid Service, is it required that depth of incomplete penetration be determined by radiography?
Reply (2): No.
21 8
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B3 1.3a-2000 Addenda, may welded austenitic stainless steel pipe and fittings, with carbon content less than or equal to 0.1% and furnished in the solution heat-treated condition, be used at temperatures warmer than those listed in the Minimum Temperature Column of Table A-1 for the particular alloy in question without impact testing of the base metal?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, Table 323.2.2, does box A-4(a) apply
Reply (2): Yes.
to austenitic stainless steel pipe and fittings? O
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, Table 323.2.2, does box A-4 (b) apply to welds performed on austenitic stainless steel pipe and fittings, by both the manufacturer of the component and the fabricator of the piping?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, does para. 323.2.2(f) apply to welds - - - (with or without filler metal added) that are not subsequently solution heat treated?
Question (1): In Accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, is it permissible for the allowable displacement stress range calculated by Eq. (1 b) to exceed the yield strength of the material at the maximum metal temperature?
Reply (1): Yes, see para. 319.2.3. Also, see para. 319.2.2 regarding cautions for unbalanced systems.
Question (2): Does ASME B3 1.3a-2000 Addenda provide specific requirements for earthquake loads
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, if examination of a welder’s work is satisfacto- rily represented in accordance with the requirements of para. 341.4.1 (b)( 1) when producing welds requiring 100% examination, must examination of his work also be represented in production requiring a lesser degree of examination?
Reply: No, unless the welds requiring a lesser degree of examination are in a different designated lot.
Interpretation: 18-15
Subject: ASME B3 1.3a-2000 Addenda, Para. 345.9.1, Alternative Leak Test
Date Issued: November 1, 2000
File: B3 1-00-03 1
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, when 100% radiography is required by para. 345.9.1 for an alternative leak test, may 100% ultrasonic examination in accordance with para. 344.6 be used in place of radiography?
Reply: No.
220
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, paras. 344.2 and 344.7, for in-process visual examination, shall the acceptance or rejection of the individual items specified in para. 344.7 be recorded?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, paras. 344.2 and 344.7 for in-process visual
Reply (2): No.
examination, is it required to record the value of each individual item specified in para. 344.7.1?
Interpretation: 18-18
Subject: ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, Appendix D, Thickness of a Welding Tee
Date Issued: November 1, 2000
File: B31-00-044
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B3 1.3a-2000 Addenda, does the crotch thickness, T,, requirement for a ?welding tee? in Appendix D apply to the whole arc, from where the wall is tangent to the header direction to where the wall is tangent to the branch direction?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda Appendix D, does the Code specify the
Reply (2): No.
specific location where T,, for a welding tee, shall be measured?
22 1
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Allowable Stresses ................................. 4-1 2 bases for .............. 1.18. 3.13. 8-1 1. 8.25. 10.13. 15-01 for ASTMA 312 ................................... 1-29 for ASTM A 351 .................................. 11-13 for ASTM A 387 ................................... 8-25 for ASTMA 570 ................................... 1-38 for ASTM A 587 ................................... 1-13 for ASTM A 671 ................................... 1-48 for ASTM 8 464 ................................... 8-11 for austenitic stainless steels ......................... 3-1 3
Alterations of Piping .............................. 13-04
Alternative Tests ........................... see Leak Tests
Authorized Inspector ................. see Owner's Inspector
Bonds heat fusion ....................................... 8-14 hot gas welded .................................... 8-1 4 test assembly ...................................... 7-09
conditions ................................... for stainless bellows ........................... Lame theory ................................ minimum temperature ........................
Exclusions for compressors and internal piping .................... 1-8 for interconnecting piping ........................... 1-1 9 listed in scope ..................................... 10-5
Flexibility Analysis branch connections ................................ 9-01 exemptions from ................................... 1-33 qualification ............................... 13.05. 13-14 thermal expansion data ............................ 15-24
Flexibility Characteristic effect of branch to run diameters ..................... 1-56 for a tee ................................ 1.55. 1.56. 5-01 for components not listed in Appendix D . . . . . . . . . 1.55. 2-24
Flexibility Factors basis for .......................................... 1-56 for 61 6-9 tee ........................... 1.7. 12.08. 12-1 7 for fabricated intersections .................. 1.6. 4-1 6. 5-1 5 for pressure piping components ..................... 13-05 for welded elbows .................................. 1-6
17.10. 18-15 as nondestructive examination ....................... 8-31 for Category D fluid service .......................... 1-36 for system designed for O psi ......................... 2-31 isolation of test pump ................................ 1-2 leakage ........................................... 1-4
minor repairs and additions ........................... 1-2
of piping and vessel ................................ 1-63 of piping connecting equipment ....................... 3-3
painting before test ........................ 2.6. 3.10. 5-23
minimum hydrostatic test pressure ............... 2.23. 4-04
of discharge piping ................................. 1-72 of newly constructed systems .......... 1-4. 5.02. 5.22. 8-15
of replacement piping ........................ 5.22. 12-21
limitations on hardness ........................................ 2-2 on imperfections ......................... see Imperfections on tubing size ................................. 2.13, 3-6
Radiographic Examination (Cont’d) records ............................... requirements .................... 6.04. selection of welds for examination ........ spot radiography ....................... when PWHT is required .................
Records certification ............................ 5-1 O. 8.02. 10-03 for radiographic examination ......................... 1-1 O of examinations .................................. 11-1 1 of hardness tests ................................... 8-22 retention of ....................................... 1-1 O
Reinforcement. Branch attachment weld .............................. 4.03. 7-08 clarification of terms ......................... 1.37. 1 1-1 O limitsof ..................................... 2.27. 9-04
Repairs to welds ......................................... 2-18
Responsibility designer ......................................... 10-1 1 rights of owner’s inspection ................... 10.03. 17-1 5
Replies to Technical Inquiries April 1,198 Through November 31, 1W
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might ‘affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify.” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the 8 3 1 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
L
197
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Appendix V . Allowable Variation in Elevated Temperature Service ................. Para . 3OíI.2. Deiiiiing Piping Components ...................................... Para . 301.3, Design Teinperatures ............................................ Para . 302.2.2, Listcd Components Not Having Specitic Ratings .................... Paru . 302.2.4. Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variation ..................
and Displacement Strains ..................................................
Para . 322.3. Insirumcnt Piping ............................................... Para . 323.1. I , Listed Materials ............................................... Para . 323 . I .2, Unlistcd Materials and Unlisted Components for Metallic
Piping Lincd With Nonmetals ............................................. Para . 323.1.2. Unlisted Materials ............................................. Para . 331.1.3, Governing Thickness ...........................................
Para . 335 . I . I(c) . Alignment of Flanged Joints ...................................
Para . 340.4, Qualification of the Owner's Inspector .............................. Para . 345 . Tcsiing .........................................................
Pira . 345.8(h), Scnsiiive Leak Test ........................................... Para . 345.9. I(a). Alternative Leak Test Examination of Welds ..................... Pdra . 345.9.1(h). Alternative k i k Test Examination of Welds ..................... Para . A322.6. Pressure Relieving Devices ...................................... Para . A328.2.5(b)( I ). Qualification Test Pressure ................................ Para . K3OO(a) . Applicability of High Pressure Piping ............................ : Para . K314.2. Special Threaded Joints ......................................... Para . K328.2. I(a). Welding Qualification Requirements ............................ Tahle 302.3.4. Longitudinal Weld Joint Quality Factor ........................... Tahle 341.3.2, Accepiance Criteria for Welds ................................... Tahle 341.3.2, Accepiance Criteria for Welds ...................................
Para . 302.3.5(c), Longitudinal Stress .......................................... Para . 302.3.5(d). Limits of Calculation Stresses Due to Susiained Loads
Pura . 304.3.3. Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections ......................
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, Table 341.3.2, is the maximum allowable height of reinforcement or internal protrusion, in any plane through the weld, listed in "L" for each face of the weld?
Reply: Yes. See also Interpretation 9-04.
20 I
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B3 I .3b-1997 Addenda, Para. 302.3.5(d), Limits of Calculation Stresses Due to Sustained Loads and Displacement Strains
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: B3 1 -97-048
Question ( 1 ): In accordance with ASME B3 I .3b- 1997, para. 302.3.5(d), may the number of cycles, Ni,
Reply ( 1 ): Yes; however, see also Note ( 5 ) of Equation (IC) for limits on the equivalent number of full
in Equation (Id) exceed 2,000,000 cycles?
displacement cycles, N.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, para. 302.3.5(d), Equation (Id), is it required to combine thermal displacement cycles with displacement cycles due to other conditions such as wave motion.
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 17-05
Subject: ASME B3 1 .3- I996 Edition, Para. 345.9. 1 (b), Alternative Leak Test Examination of Welds
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: B3 1-97-049
Question: in accordance with ASME 83 1.3- I996 Edition, para. 345.9. I(b), may the liquid penetrant
Reply: Yes.
method be used to examine a weld on a magnetic material?
Interpretation: 17-06
Subject: ASME B3 I .3- I996 Edition; Para. A328.2.5(b)( i) , Qualification Test Pressure
Date issued: May 19, 1998
File: B3 1 -98-O0 I
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, can the pressure design thickness be used instead of the nominal thickness in Equation (27) of para. A328.2.5(b)( i), to calculate the qualification pressure'?
Reply: No.
202
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B3 I .3b-1997 Addenda; Para. 301.3, Design Temperatures
Date issued: May 19. 1998
File: B3 1-98-006
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 1.3b- 1997, para. 301.3, should fire case temperature or pressures be considered to satisfy the requirements of para. 301.2, in establishing the design conditions of piping that may be exposed to an accidental fire?
Reply: The Code does not require the consideration of accidental fire cases when establishing the piping design conditions, except as required to meet the pressure relief requirements of para. 322.6.3. See also para. 300(c)(5).
Interpretation: 17-08
Subject: ASME B3 i .3-1996 Edition, Para. 323.1.2, Unlisted Materials and Unlisted Components for Metallic Piping Lined With Nonmetals
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: B3 1-98-008
Question ( I ) : in accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, may unlisted metallic materials be used
Reply ( i ) : Yes. See para. A323.1.
in the manufacture of metallic piping components lined with non-metals?
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3 i .3-1996 Edition, may pressure containing metallic piping components (lined with non-metals), not manufactured in accordance with a listed standard and for which the rules in para. 304 (other than para. 304.7.2) do not apply, be qualified for use under this Code?
Reply (2): Yes. See paras. A300(d) and 304.7.2.
Interpretation: 17-09
Subject: ASME B3 1.3b- 1997 Addenda, Para. 323. i . I, Listed Materials
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: B3 1-98-009
Question ( I ) : In accordance with ASME B3 I .3b- 1997, are classes 12, 13, 22, and 23 of ASTM A 67 I,
Reply (i): Yes.
A 672, and A 691 the only listed materials in the Code for these specifications?
Question (2): Is it a requirement that listed pipe and tube materials in ASME B31.3 be hydrotested by
Reply (2): Yes. See the requirements of the listed specifications and Note (76) of Appendix A.
the manufacturer?
203
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B3 I .3b- 1997 Addenda, Para, 345.9. i(a), Alternative Leak Test Examination of Welds
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: B3 1-98-0 I I
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 I .3b- 1997, para. 345.9. I (a), is 100% UT examination an accept-
Reply: No.
able substitute for 100% radiography?
Interpretation: 17-1 1
Subject: ASME B3 1.3b- I997 Addenda, Para. 302.2.2, Listed Components Not Having Specific Ratings
Date issued: November I I , I998
File: B31-98-017
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, if a fitting is manufactured to ASME B16.9 and a listed material specification that includes a reference to Note (16) of Appendix A, may the user establish the pressure-temperature rating in accordance with para. 302.2.2, without applying a weld joint quality Factor in accordance with para. 302.3.4?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 17-1 2
Subject: ASME B3 I .3b- 1997 Addenda, Para. 302.2.4, Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variation
Date Issued: November 1 I , I998
File: B3 I -98-0 19A
Question ( I ) : In accordance with ASME B3 I .3b- 1997, para. 302.2.4, are the ailowable variations permitted in this paragraph only applicable when the increased pressure is less than or equal to the test pressure used in accordance with para. 345'?
Reply ( I ) : Yes.
Question (2): When establishing the maximum allowable relieving pressure permitted in accordance with
Reply (2): Yes, provided the maximum relieving pressure requirements of ASME BPVC Section VIII,
para. 322.6.3(c), may the test pressure used in accordance with para. 345 be exceeded?
Division 1 are met?
\
204
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME 83 I .3b- I997 Addenda, Para. 33 I . 1.3, Governing Thickness
Date Issued: November I I , 1998
File: B31-98-020
Background (Question ( I )I: An integrally-reinforced branch connection fitting is welded externally to a pipe that has a wall thicker than the minimum material thickness requiring PWHT, and the branch pipe has a wall thickness thinner than the minimum material thickness requiring PWHT.
Question (la): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, does the thickness of the branch pipe attiched to the branch connection fitting have any effect on whether the weld between the branch connection and the main pipe requires PWHT?
,
Reply ( I a): No.
Question ( I b): Does the weld throat thickness between the branch connection fitting and main pipe have
Reply ( I b): Yes. See para. 33 I . 1.3(a).
any effect on whether this joint requires PWHT?
Question (IC): Does the thickness of the branch connection fitting have any effect on whether this joint
Reply (IC): NO. See para. 33 I . 1.3(a).
requires PWHT?
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, para. 331.1.3, if the header has a wall thickness less than the minimum material thickness requiring PWHT, would the deciding factor for carrying out PWHT be whether the throat thickness of the joint is greater than twice the minimum material thickness requiring PWHT?
Subject: ASME B3 I .3b- 1997 Addenda, Para. 340.4, Qualification of the Owner's Inspector
Date Issued: November 1 I , I998
File: B3 1-98-023
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, may the owner's inspector and the installing contrac-
Reply: Yes, provided all requirements of para. 340.4 are met.
tor's examiner both be employed by the same organization'?
Interpretation: 17-16
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1997 Addenda, Para. K300(a), Applicability of High Pressure Piping
Date Issued: November i 1, 1998
File: B3 1-98-025
Question ( I ) : In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, para. K300(a), is it mandatory that the owner of a piping system designate it as being in High Pressure Fluid Service in accordance with Chapter IX when the system pressure exceeds that allowed by ASME B 16.5, PN 420 (Class 2500) rating?
Reply ( I ) : No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, para. K300(a), can piping be designated by the owner as being in High Pressure Fluid Service in accordance with Chapter IX and be designed to Chapter IX, even if this results in a wall thickness that is less than that required by design in accordance with Chapters I through VI'?
Reply (2): Yes; however, when piping is so designated, Chapter IX shall be applied in its entirety.
i
206
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B3 1.3b- I997 Addenda, Appendix V, Allowable Variation in Elevated Temperature Service
Date Issued: November 1 I , I998
File: B3 1-98-026
Question ( I ) : in accordance with ASME B3 I .3b-1997, when evaluating variations in elevated temperature service in accordance with Appendix V, must the design temperature established in accordance with para. 301.3 be high enough such that the corresponding allowable stress value in Table A-1 is based on creep criteria?
Reply ( I ) : No; however, if the maximum temperature experienced during the variations is where the creep properties control design, Appendix V applies. Note that the word “design” in para. V302(c) does not apply and will be deleted by errata from a future edition of the Code.
Question (2): When some varying conditions are below the creep range and some are in the creep range, does ASME B31.3b-1997, Appendix V require that conditions below the creep range be included in the calculation of the usage factor in accordance with para. V303.27
Reply (2): No. See para. V302(c).
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, when determining if Table A-1 allowable stress values are based upon creep criteria, may the maximum temperature in Tables 2A or 2B of ASME BPVC Section 11, Part D be used as the highest temperature, which is below the range of values based upon the creep criteria?
Subject: ASME B3 i .3- 1 996 Edition, Para.. K3 14.2, Special Threaded Joints
Date Issued: July 1, 1999
File: B3 i -99-008
Question ( I ): In accordance with ASME B3 i .3- i996 Edition, is a hammer union, whose mate and female
Reply ( i ): No.
ends are butt welded to the piping, considered a Special Threaded Joint us defined in para. K314.2?
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, can a threaded joint that does not meet the requirements of para. K314.2 be qualified for High Pressure Fluid Service in accordance with the requirements of para. K304.7.2?
Reply (2): Yes, provided the requirements of para. K314.3 are also met.
Interpretation: 17-20
Subject: ASME B3 I .3c- I 998 Addenda, Para. 335.2.3, Bolt Length
Date Issued: July I , 1999
File: B3 i -99-009
Question: In accordunce with ASME B31.3~-1998, Para. 335.2.3, if a bolt fails to extend beyond its nut
Reply: Yes.
and no more than one thread is visible inside the nut, is the bolt considered acceptably engaged?
Interpretation: 17-21
Subject: ASME B3 I .3c- I 998 Addenda, Para. 33 i . 1.3, Governing Thickness
Date Issued: July I , i999
File: B31-99-010
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3~-1998, para. 331.1.3, if the thicker of two components is machined before welding, in accrodance with para. 328.4.2, to match the thickness of the thinner component, is the resulting matching thickness at the weld joint used in determining the requirements for PWHT?
Reply: Yes.
i '208
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 I .3c- 1998, are pressure containing components such as strainers, filters, knock-out pots, holding pots and other devices that serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, and metering or controlling flow included in the scope of this Code?
Reply: Yes, unless the Owner specifies another code. See definition of “piping component..” (para. 300.2)
Question: In accordance with ASME 8 3 1 .3~- 1998, are instrument piping components (such as tubing, compression fittings, barstock valves, etc.) outside of a piping isolation valve (piping root valve) within the scope of ASME B31.3?
Reply: Yes. See para. 322.3.
209
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B3 I .3-1996 Edition, Para. 335. I . I (c), Alignment of Flanged Joints
Date Issued: November 16, 1999
File: B3 1-99-020
Question ( I ) : In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 335. I . i(c), does the specified tolerance apply to each individual flange, measured to the design plane, or to the total misalignment between two mating tlanges'?
Reply (I): It applies to each individual flange, measured to the design plane.
Question (2): in accordance with ASME B3 I .3-1996 Edition, para. 335. I . i(c). do the requirements apply
Reply (2): Yes.
to all pipe sizes and pressure rating classes?
Interpretation: 17-26
Subject: ASME B3 I .3- 1999 Edition, Para. 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued:' November 16, 1999
File: B3 1-99-022
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, can the rules in para. 304.3.3 be used for the pressure design of a Tee, machined from stock with a remaining block shape, that does not conform to a listed standard'?
Reply: Yes; however, see paras. 304.3.5 and 300(c).
Interpretation: 17-27
Subject: ASME B3 I .3- 1999 Edition, Para. K328.2. I (a), Welding Qualification Requirements
Date Issued: November 16, 1999
File: B3 1-99-024 .
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 i .3- I999 Edition, para. K328.2.1 (a), must the performance
Reply: Yes.
qualification test coupons for each welder and welding operator be impact tested'?
2 I O
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B3 I .3-1999 Edition, Para. 345.2.3(c), Special Provisions for Testing of Closure Welds
Date Issued: November 16, 1999
File: B3 1-99-025
Question ( I 1: Does ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, pard. 345.2.3(c) require that the described examinations be pedormed for closure welds connecting piping systems or components that have been successfully tested in accordance with para. 345?
Reply ( i ) : No. The weld may be leak tested in accordance with para. 345. I instead.
Question (2): Can weld connecting a flange to a piping system be considered a closure weld?
Reply (2): Yes, but if the weld is to be examined in accordance with para. 345.2.3(c), the flange, as well as the piping system must have been successfully tested.
Appendix E [Appendix KI ...................... 1.44. 5-10 Appendix F [F323.2] ............................... 1-29 Appendix C ...................................... 5-12 Appendix H ................................ 8.06. 11-10
Appendix M .............................. Appendix V .............................. Appendix X. X3.1.3 ............................... 12-23
................ 13-09 Appendix X. X302.2.3 ............................. 15-22 Case 137 .......................................... 3-1 Case 141 ......................................... 1-51
Appendix J ........................ 1.28. 1-
Appendix X. X3.2.2 ...........
Cumulative Index . 831.3 Interpretations Vols . 1-17
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Exclusions for compressors and internal piping .................. for interconnecting piping ............................ listed in scope ....................................
general .......................................... 9-10 long welding neck ................................. 4-05 slip-on ...................................... 5.12. 8-27 use of aluminum .................................. 1-51 use of raised and flat face metallic ................... 9-07
Flexibility Analysis branch connections ................................ 9-01 exemptions from .................................. 1-33 qualification ............................... 13.05. 13-14 thermal expansion data ............................ 15-24
Flexibility Characteristic effect of branch to run diameters .................... 1-56 for a tee ............................... 1.55. 1.56. 5-01 for components not I hed in Appendix D ........ 1.55. 2-24
Flexibility Factors basis for ......................................... 1-56 for B16-9 tee .......................... 1-7. 12.08. 12-17 for fabricated intersections ................. 1.6. 4.16. 5-15 for pressure piping components ..................... 13-05 for welded elbows .................................. 1-6
Limitations on hardness ....................................... 2-2 on imperfections ....................... see imperfections on tubing size ................................ 2.13. 3-6
Records certi iication ............................ 5 . for radiographic examination ............... of examinations .......................... of hardness tests ......................... retention of ..............................
Stresses (see also Allowable Stresses) displacement stress range ..................... 7.04. 12-06 due to cold spring ................................. 8-16 due to occasional loads ............................ 2-16 due to pressure surges ............................. 1-50 due to seismic loads ............................... 2-17 due to sustained loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.15. 16.04. 16-11
iongitudinai . . . . . . . . . . . . . i .20. 1.50. 2.15. 2.24. 4.10. 4.12. due to thermal gradients ............................. 3-4
STD-ASME B31-3 I N T N O - Lb-ENGL D 0757b70 O b O b 8 2 b ‘4BB 9
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 16
Replies to Technical Inquiries April 1, 1997, Through March 31, 1998
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the i33 I Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
i 85
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
STD.ASME B31-3 I N T N O - Lb-ENGL W ü759b70 Obüb827 314 M
B31.3
Subject . Para . 300(c)(3). Intent of the Code ............................................ Para . 302.2.1, Prssure-Temperature Design Criteria - Listed Components
Having Established Ratings ............................................... Para . 302.3.2, Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads
and Displacement Strains ................................................. Para . 302.3.5, Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads and
Displacement Strains ..................................................... Para . 304.1.1, Pressure Design of Components .................................. Para . 328.5.2. Welding Requirements - Fillet and Socket Welds .................. Para . 33 I . 1.6, Temperature Verification ........................................ Para . 332.2.2(a), Bending Temperature .................................... Para . 341.3.4, Progressive Examination ........................................ Para . 341.3.4, Progressive Examination ........................................ Para . 341.3.4, Progressive Examination ........................................ Para . 344, Types of Examination ..................................... Para . 345, Leak Testing .................................................... Table 302.3.5, Stress-Range Reduction Factors .................................. Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon
STDmASME B3L.3 I N T N O - Lb-ENGL 0757b70 ObOb828 250
831.3 Interpretations No. 16 14-12R, 16-01, 16-02
Interpretation: 14-12R
Subject: ASME B3 I .3-1993 Edition, Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
Date Issued: November 20, 1995
File: 631-95-018
Question: Does ASME 831.3-1993 Edition require impact testing of ASTM A 403 WP304W. B16.9 fittings manufactured from A 312 welded TP304 pipe without the use of weld metal deposits and used at design temperatures of -425°F or above.
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 1.3-1996 Edition, para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination, if a defective weld is repaired, found defective again, repaired a second time and again found to be defective, is it necessary to examine two additional items for each failed repair?
Reply: No. See para. 341.3.3.
Interpretation: 16-02
Subject: ASME B3 I .3-1993 Edition, Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: B3 1-96-054
Question ( I ) : In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Table 341.3.2A and para. 341.3.4, when the engineering design specifies more stringent acceptance criteria for normal fluid service, do the requirements of para. 34 I .3.4, Progressive Examination, still apply?
Reply ( i ) : Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3 I .3- 1993 Edition, for normal fluid service, when a particular one hundred welds constitute a designated lot, welder “ A completes three welds and two are radiographed to acceptance, and welder “B” completes ninety-seven welds and five are radiographed to acceptance, do all welds in the lot, after visual and leak tests, meet the requirements of the Code?
Reply (2): Yes. provided no other welds in the designated lot were examined showing unacceptabel defects.
189
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 345.1(b), with a system design pressure of 150 psig at 200"F, and where a hydrostatic pressure test is impractical, does a pneumatic test at 150 psig or 110% of design pressure, whichever is less, satisfy the requirements of the Code?
Reply (1): No. See para. 345.5.4.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3 1.3-1996 Edition, under the above conditions, would testing
Reply (2): No. Use of the alternative leak test is permitted only if the conditions of para. 345.1 (c) are met.
in accordance with para. 345.9 be required?
Interpretation: 16-04
Subject: ASME B3 I .3a- 1996 Addenda, Para. 302.3.2, Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: B3 1-96-057
and Displacement Strains
Question ( I ) : In accordance with ASME B3 1.3a-1996 Addenda, para. 302.3.5, shall the longitudinal sustained stresses, S,, be evaluated in the installed and all operating positions of the pipe relative to its supports and restraints?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-i996 Addenda, para. 302.3.5, is there an allowable operating stress for the combination of longitudinal sustained stresses and displacement stresses, not displacement stress ranges?
Reply (2): No. See para. 319.2.3.
I90
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question ( I ) : A welder’s production welds experience some rejections. The welder is retained and requalified. In accordance with ASME B3 1.3- 1996 Edition, para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination, does the Code require more stringent examination of this welders welds?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3 I .3-1996 Edition, para. 341.3.4, can the two additional joints examined after a defective joint is found to be counted as part of the 5% random radiography requirement?
STDmASME B 3 1 . 3 I N T NO. Lb-ENGL m 0757b70 ObOb83L 8LI5 m
16-08,16-09,16-10
Interpretation: 16-08
Subject: ASME B3 I .3- I996 Edition, Para. 332.2.2(a), Bending Temperature
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: B3 1-97-001
831.3 Interpretations No. 16
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 1.3-1996 Edition, paras. 332.2.2(a) and (b), are the transformation ranges used in B31.3 considered to be the lower critical temperatures in ASME B31.1-1995 Edition, para. 129.3. I ?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 16-09
Subject: ASME B3 1.3a- 1996 Addenda, Para. 33 I . 1.6, Temperature Verification
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: B3 1-97-0 13
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 1.3a-1996 Addenda, para. 33 1.1.6, can a thermocouple be laid on a part being heat treated as opposed to being attached?
Reply: The Code requires only that temperature be checked by thermocouple, pyrometers, or other suitable methods to ensure that WPS requirements are met. It does not otherwise address positioning or attachment of thermocouples, except for a permissive statement in para. 330.1.3(b) allowing attachment by capacitor discharge method without procedure and performance qualifications.
STD-ASME 831.3 I N T N O . Lb-ENGL M 0 7 5 7 b 7 0 OhOb832 781
B31.3 Interpretations No. 16 16-11, 16-12, 16-13
Interpretation: 16-1 1
Subject: ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, Para. 302.3.5, Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads and Displacement Strains
Date Issued: November 10, 1997
File: B3 1-97-024
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B3 1.3a- 1996 Addenda, para. 302.3.5, is the stress range reduction factor independent of the material of construction?
Reply (i): Yes; however, see para. 319.3.4(b).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3 1.3a- 1996 Addenda, are the stress intensification factors listed in Appendix D independent of the material of construction?
Reply: Yes; however, see para. 319.3.4(b).
Interpretation: 16-12
Subject: ASME B3 1.3a-1996 Addenda, Para. 300(c)(3), Intent of the Code
Date Issued: November 10, 1997
File: B3 1 -97-026B
Question (1): May a piping designer use para. 300(c)(3) of ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda and apply a more rigorous analysis to qualify the design and acceptance criteria of piping where the Code requirements employ a simplified approach?
Reply ( i ) : Yes, if the designer can demonstrate the validity of the approach to the owner.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 8 3 1.3-1996 Edition, does a piping system that has been designed in accordance with the Code but not fabricated or assembled as specified by the engineering design, comply with the Code if a more rigorous analysis proves it suitable for the service intended?
Reply (2): No. See para. 300.2, Definitions - Assembly and Erection. Also, see para. 341.3.2.
Interpretation: 16-13
Subject: ASME B3 1.3a-1996 Addenda, Para. 344, Types of Examination
Date Issued: November 10, 1997
File: B3 1-97-028
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, para. 344, does the Code contain instruction or restrictions regarding the design of a designated lot of piping?
Reply: No, other chan the definition in Note 2 of para. 344.1.3.
193
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
S T D - A S M E 831.3 INT N O . Lb-ENGL D 0759b70 ObOb833 bL8
16-14, 16-15, 16-16 831.3 Interpretations No. 16
Interpretation: 16-14
Subject: ASME B3 1.3a- i 996 Addenda, Para. 304. i . 1, Pressure Design of Components
Date Issued: November IO, 1997
File: B3 1-97-029
Question: For subsea production systems where ASME B31.3 is required, can the internal design gage pressure, P, in paras. 304. I . I and 304. I .2 be interpreted as coincident internal design gage pressure minus external gage pressure?
Reply: Yes; however, when the coincident external gage pressure is greater than the internal gage pressure, the design shall be in accordance with para. 304.1.3.
Interpretation: 16-1 5
Subject: ASME B3 I .3a- 1996 Addenda, Tapered Thread Joints
Date Issued: November 10, 1997
File: B3 1-97-032
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, does the Code permit the use of tapered
Reply: Yes, provided the joints comply with the provisions of paras. 314 and 335.3.
pipe thread joints?
Interpretation: 16-1 6
Subject: ASME B3 I .3- 1996 Edition, Flanged Ball Valves
Date Issued: November 10, 1997
File: B3 1-97-036
Question: According to ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, are flanged ball valves where the ball is held in place by a threaded retainer plug in which the end of the plug forms some or all of the flange face prohibited from use in Category M Fluid Service?
Reply: No.
I94
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
STDSASME B 3 1 - 3 INT NO. Lb-ENGL = 0759670 ObOb834 554 H
B31.3 Interpretations No. 16
Interpretation: 16-17
Subject: ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Tubing in Category M Fluid Service
Date Issued: September 3, 1997
File: 83 i -97-037
16-17, 16-18
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 I .3- 1996 Edition, is tubing with flared, flareless, and compression tubing joints prohibited for Category M fluid service in sizes larger than 16 mm (y8 in.) O. D. for piping other than instrumentation signal lines in contact with process fluids and process temperature-pressure conditions?
Question: When selecting a flange on the basis of pressure-temperature rating given in ASME B 16.5, in accordance with ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, para. 302.2.1, is it required to consider any external forces and moments acting on the flange?
Reply: Yes. See para. 303.
I95
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Cumulative Index . B31.3 Interpretations Vols . 1-1 6 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
S T D - A S M E B 3 L - 3 I N T NO. 1 5 - E N G L PI 13757b70 05840313 L L 3
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS NO. 15
Replies to Technical Inquiries April 1, 1996, Through March 31, 1997
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional infor- mation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to Appendix 2.
Code Reference and Subject indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
169
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): Are the material requirements of ASME SA-106 the same as ASTM A 106?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (2): When doing an ASME B3 1.3 system stress evaluation, what allowable stresses are used for ASTM A 106 or ASME SA-106?
Reply (2): Those listed in ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, Table A-1 for ASTM A 106.
Interpretation: 15-02
Subject:
Date Issued: May 21, 1996
ASME B3 1.3~-1995 Addenda, Para. 345.9.1(a), Examination of Welds
File: B3 1-95-045
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 1.3~-1995 Addenda, is it permissible to perform magnetic particle examination of a circumferential weld in lieu of radiography as specified in para. 345.9.1(a)?
Reply: No.
173
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, para. 304.3.3, is it permissible to multiply the required area replacement in Eq. (6) by factor F from ASME Section VIII, Division 1, 1995 Edition, Fig. UG-37? The nozzle is welded on a cylindrical header as per Fig. UW-16.1 sketch (a).
Reply: No, except as provided in para. 300(c)(3) considering the design conditions of para. 301 and design criteria of para. 302.
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, para. 335.1.1(c), prior to bolting up a flanged joint, may the flange faces be out of alignment from the design plane by more than 1/16 in./ft (0.5%), provided the misalignment is considered in the design of the flanged assembly and attached piping in accordance with para. 300(c)(3)?
Reply: Yes.
175
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, may the fillet weld shown in Fig. 328.5.2B Sketch (3) (socket welding flange) be repositioned to the inside of the pipe?
Question: May the internal pressure design thickness t be computed in accordance with the provi- sions of ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, paras. 304.1.1 and 304.1.2 when t is greater than or equal to D / 6 and P/SE > 0.385?
Reply: Yes. However, it is the responsibility of the designer to provide the special consideration required in para. 304.1.2(b). Alternatively, as an option to the owner, the design may be in accordance with Chapter IX.
176
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
S T D - A S M E B 3 1 - 3 I N T N O . LS-ENGL SI! 17759670 058LiD3b b 3 L S
B 3 1.3 Interpretations No. 15 15-11, 15-12
Interpretation: 15-1 1
Subject: ASME B3 1.3~-1995 Addenda, Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperature Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
Date Issued: May 21, 1996
File: B3 1-96-0 14
Question (1): Does the assigned curve in the second sentence of Box B-3, Table 323.2.2, ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda refer to the curve assignment from Table A-l?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): If the material has been heat treated per Note (2) or (3), Fig. 323.2.2, is further heat treatment or impact testing of the base metal required for use below the original assigned curve, but above the reassigned curve?
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, when making blind flanges of carbon steel plate materials which have a Fig. 323.2.2 Curve assignment in Table A-1, is the thickness of the finished blind considered the nominal thickness when using Fig. 323.2.2 to establish the need for impact testing?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): For carbon steel materials with a letter designation in the Min. Temp. column of Table A-1, can flanges manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.5 be used at temperatures down to - 10°F without impact testing regardless of thickness?
Reply (2): No, the requirements of para. 323.2.2 apply.
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: If a fabricated valve meets all the requirements of ASME B16.34, does ASME B31.3~- 1995 Addenda require that nondestructive examination in accordance with ASME B3 1.3 also be per- formed on the valve?
Reply: No, see also Interpretation 12-12.
Interpretation: 15-1 4
Subject: ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, Para. 304.2, Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe
Date Issued: May 21, 1996
File: B3 1-96-0 18
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, para. 304.2.1, can the minimum required thickness t , of a bend, after bending, be determined by taking in consideration of lower (pressure) stresses on the outside of a bend (and higher pressure stresses on the inside of the bend) than on a straight pipe with identical wall thickness?
Reply (1): No, except as provided in para. 300(c)(3).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3 1.3~-1995 Addenda, Chapter IX (High Pressure Piping), can the minimum required thickness t , of a bend, after bending, be determined by taking into considera- tion lower stresses on the outside of a bend (and higher stresses on the inside of the bend) than on a straight pipe with identical wall thickness?
Reply (2): No, except as provided in para. 300(c)(3).
178
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
S T D - A S M E B 3 1 . 3 INT N O - 1 5 - E N G L 0 7 5 7 6 7 0 0 5 8 4 0 3 8 4 0 4 = 83 1.3 Interpretat ions No. 15 15-1 5, 15-1 6
Interpretation: 15-1 5
Subject: ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, Para. 302.3.5, Limits of Calculated Stresses due to Sustained Loads and Displacement Strains
Date Issued: May 21, 1996
File: B3 1-96-020
Question (1): What is the definition of sustained loadings as intended in ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, para. 302.3.5(c)?
Reply (1): The Code does not offer for sustained loadings other than in the referenced paragraph. Sustained loads do not typically include forces resulting from applied displacements such as restrained thermal growth. See para. 319.2.3.
Question (2): When flanges are subjected to external forces and moments, is it permissible to calculate the stresses in the flange due to these forces and moments using BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 2, and using the equivalent pressure calculated from these forces and moments?
Reply (2): The Code does not provide specific design formulas for the design of flange joints subjected to applied external forces and moments except as provided in para. 300(c)(3). However, external forces and moments shall be considered in design. See paras. 3 19.1.1 and 321.1.1.
Interpretation: 15-1 6
Subject : ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperature Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
Date Issued: May 21, 1996
File: B31-96-02 1
Question (i): Does the assigned curve in the second sentence of Box B-3, Table 323.2.2, ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda refer to the curve assignment from Table A-l?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): If the material has been heat treated per Notes (2) or (3), Fig. 323.2.2, is further heat treatment or impact testing of the base metal required for use below the original assigned curve, but above the reassigned curve?
Reply (2): No.
179
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 332.4.2(a), Cold Bending and Forming
Date Issued: October 30, 1996
File: B3 1-96-034
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 332.4.2(a), cold bending and forming, can the elongation value for SA-106 B reported in the Certified Material Test Report be substituted for the specified basic minimum elongation in calculating the maximum fiber elongation?
Question (1): In accordance with ASMEB31.3c-1993 Addenda, Table 331.1.1 and para. 331.1.3(b), do socket welds and seal welds with P-No. 5 materials with a chromium content greater than 3% but less than lo%, a carbon content less than 0.15%, and a weld throat thickness of 0.5 in. or less require postweld heat treatment if matching filler material is used?
Reply (1): Yes, unless applicable provisions of para. 331.1.3(b) are met.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, Table 331.1.1 and para. 331.1.3(b), do socket welds and seal welds with P-No. 5 materials with a chromium content greater than 3% but less than lo%, a carbon content less than 0.15%, and a weld throat thickness of 0.5 in. or less require postweld heat treatment if a non-air-hardening filler metal is used?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, Table 331.1.1 and paras. 331.1.3(b) and 331.1.7, if a non-air-hardenable filler is used, is the base metal HAZ required to be 241 maximum Brinell hardness for P-No. 5 materials with chromium content greater than 3% but less than lo%?
Reply (3): Yes, unless the applicable provisions of para. 331.3(b) are met.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, Table 331.1.1 and para. 331.1.3(b), do the requirements of para. 331.1.3(b) override the requirements of Table 331.1.1 relating to base metal group and/or the specified minimum tensile strength?
Reply (4): No, unless the applicable provisions of para. 331.1.3(b) are met.
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 328.2.3, is it acceptable for an employer to accept a welder performance qualification previously conducted by an organization whose welder qualification program, with the exception of testing under the full supervision and control of the manufacturer, contractor, assembler, or installer, complies fully with the provisions of ASME Section IX?
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition require P-No. 1 carbon steel welds, hot bends, and hot-formed components locally heat treated to be hardness tested?
Reply: No.
181
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
STDmASME B 3 1 . 3 I N T NO. I S - E N G L e U759b70 0584043 T T 7 U
1 5-2 1 B3 1.3 Interpretations No. 15
Interpretation: 15-21
Subject: ASME B3 1.3a-1993 Addenda, Paras. 342 and 344.2, Examination
Date Issued: October 30, 1996
File: B3 1-96-04 1
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda, paras. 342 and/or 344.2 require that personnel performing visual examinations required by paras. 341.4 and 344.7 be qualified and certified in accord- ance with SNT-TC- 1 A, Recommended Practice for Nondestructive Testing Personnel Qualification and Certification?
Reply (i): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda, paras. 342 and/or 344.2 require that personnel performing visual examinations required by paras. 341.4 and 344.7 be qualified and certified to AWS QCl, Standard for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda, paras. 342 and 344.2 permit that the visual examinations required by paras. 341.4 and 344.7 be performed by personnel that (1) meet the physical requirements of ASME BPV Code, Section V, Article 9, (2) are competent to perform visual examination in accordance with the manufacturer’s written procedures and (3) the employer certifies and makes available records of the examiner which show dates and results of qualifications?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda, paras. 342 and 344.2 permit that the visual examinations required by paras. 341.4 and 344.7 be performed by personnel that (1) meet the physical requirements of ASME BPV Code Section C, Article 9, (2) have training and experience commensurate with the needs of the visual examinations required by paras. 341.4 and 344.7, (3) have demonstrated competence to perform the visual examinations using the employer’s written procedures through written and practical testing administered by the employer, and (4) the employer certifies and makes available records of the examiner which show dates and results of qualification?
Reply (4): Yes.
182
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
STD.ASME B3L.3 I N T N O . L S - E N G L M 0 7 5 9 b 7 0 0 5 8 4 0 4 2 7 3 5 m
B3 1.3 Interpretations No. 15 15-22, 15-23, 15-24
Interpretation: 15-22
Subject: ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Para. X302.2.3, Leak Test
Date Issued: October 30, 1996
File: B3 1-96-043
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. X302.2.3, is a pneumatic leak check of an expansion joint at a test pressure of 110% of the design pressure, in accordance with para. 345.5, an acceptable test?
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 1.3-1996 Edition, when qualifying welding procedures which require impact testing, is the thickness range qualified to T/2 to T + Y4 in. rather than the range given in ASME Section IX, QW-403.10?
Reply: Yes, provided the criteria and thickness limits specified in ASME Section IX, para. QW- 403.10 are not exceeded. See ASME B31.3, Table 323.3.1, box A-5.
Interpretation: 15-24
Subject:
Date Issued: October 30, 1996
ASME B3 1.3-1996 Edition, Para. 3 19.3.l(b), Thermal Expansion Data
File: B3 1-96-045
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 319.3.1(b), must all thermal conditions of a piping system be evaluated for end reactions on equipment?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 provide specific allowable piping load limits for end reactions on equipment?
Reply (2): No.
183
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3~-1995 Addenda, Para. 323.2.2 and Table 323.2.2, does P-No. 1 carbon steel subject to metal temperatures between -20°F and - 50°F with coincident pressure in excess of 25% of the maximum allowable design pressure require impact testing?
Reply: Yes, except as provided in Note ( 5 ) of Table 323.2.2.
Interpretation: 15-26
Subject: ASME €331.3-1996 Edition, Metallic Valves Lined with a Nonmetal
Date Issued: October 30, 1996
File: B3 1-96-049
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition prohibit the use of a metallic valve lined with a nonmetal in Category M Fluid Service?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition address a sensitive leak test for a metallic valve lined with a nonmetal?
Reply (2): No.
184
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Exclusions for compressors and internal piping .................... . l-8 for interconnecting piping ............................ 1.19 listed in scope ..................................... .1 0-5
Replies to Technical Inquiries April 1, 1995, Through March 31, 1996
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B3 1 Committee concerning B3 1.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional infor- mation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not ?approve,? ?certify,? ?rate,? or ?endorse? any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to Appendix 2.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
157
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Fig . 323.2.2, Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials . . . . . Maximum Allowable External Loads ................................................. Para . 300.2 Definitions ............................................................. Para . 302.2.4, Design Criteria Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variations. and Para . 322.6.3(c), Pressure Relieving Devices ................................................. Para . 304.3.3 Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections .............................. Para . 328.2 Welding Qualifications ................................................... Para . 328.2.2(g), Procedure Qualification by Others ..................................... Para . 328.4.3, Preparation for Welding Alignment ...................................... Para . 331.1.3(b) and Table 331.1.1, Heat Treatment Requirements ......................... Para . 341.3.3 Defective Components and Workmanship ..................................
Para . A304.1.1 (a). Pressure Design of Nonmetallic Piping Components .................... Para . K304.1.2 Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure ................................... Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials . . . . Table 341.3.2A Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Table 341.3.2A Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Para . A304.1.1 (a). Pressure Design of Nonmetallic Piping Components ....................
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B3 1.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, does the portion of para. 331.1.3@) which states “the thickness through the weld in any plane” refer to the weld thickness?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, does the minimum material thickness stated in para. 331.1.3(b) refer to the requirements of Table 331.1.1?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, can the BHN (Brinell Hardness Number) equivalent of tensile strength of material before PWHT be considered a minimum value?
Reply (3): The Code does not address BHN equivalent of tensile strength or minimum BHN.
161
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, what does the notation “NA” for concave root surfaces for fillet welds in Table 341.3.2A mean?
Reply (1): This indicates that there is no acceptance criterion.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, does internal protrusion or suck up apply to fillet welds?
Reply (2): No; see Note (8) in Table 341.3.2A.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, address the acceptance criteria for root surface concavity of fillet welds?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, does melt-through of a pressure boundary with a fillet weld constitute a violation of the Code?
Reply (4): The Code does not address this subject.
162
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, para. 300.2, is weld considered to be a piping component?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, specifically address the areas of general workmanship regarding squareness, levelness, and plumbness?
Reply (2): No; except as provided for in para. 335.1.
Question (3): In accordance with B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, if there are additional require- ments specified in the engineering design, does the Code require the manufacturer, fabricator, and erector to adhere to those requirements?
Reply (3): Yes, see paras. 300(b)(3) and 300(c)(5).
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, have requirements for the minimum lengths of pipe sections between welds?
Reply (4): No.
Interpretation: 14-04
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Para. 328.4.3, Preparation for Welding Alignment
Date Issued: June 22, 1995
File: B3 1-95-003
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, how much angular deflection can a section of piping contain after a circumferential butt weld is made?
Reply: The angular deflection shall not exceed what is permissible by para. 335.1, provided the requirements of para. 304.2.3 are met.
163
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, is the use of AWS E-6013 welding electrode permissible under the provisions of para 328.2.2?
Reply: No; however, this welding material may be used if the provisions of paras. 328.1 and 328.2.1 are met.
Interpretation: 14-06
Subject: ASME B3 1.3b-1994 Addenda, Maximum Allowable External Loads
Date Issued: June 22, 1995
File: B31-95-007
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda by provide design rules for establishing the magnitude of the maximum allowable external loads on flanged joints?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, allow the use of other design methods, such as contained in ASME B3 1.1 or ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III for establishing the maximum allowable external loads for flanged joints, considering the application and the appropriate allowable stress basis?
Reply (2): Yes. The designer is responsible for the design approach used.
Interpretation: 14-07
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Table 341.3.2A Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued: June 22, 1995
File: B31-95-09
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda a, require the acceptance criteria of Table 34 1.3.2A for lack of fusion and/or incomplete penetration be applied to internal undercut?
Reply: No.
164
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B3 1.3b-1994 Addenda, Fig. 323.2.2 Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
Date Issued: June 22, 1995
File: B3 1-95-010
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 1.3- 1993 Edition, Addenda b, if ASTM A 234, Grade WPB fittings are normalized or stress relieved or ASTM A 106, Grade B pipe is normalized, may they be used at temperatures below Curve B, Fig. 323.2.2 without impact testing?
Reply: No. The requirements of box B-3, Table 323.2.2 apply.
Interpretation: 14-09
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para 302.2.4, Design Criteria Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variations, and Para. 322.6.3(c), Pressure Relieving Devices
Date Issued: November 20, 1995
File: B3 1-95-0 12
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, are the provisions of para. 302.2.4 applicable for the initial design of piping systems?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, para 322.6.3(c), when a pressure relieving device is set above the design pressure, what requirements limit the maximum allowance relieving pressure?
Reply (2): The greater of the pressure requirements of Section VIII, Division 1, or para. 302.2.4
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, para. 304.3.3, is it permissible to multiply the required area replacement in Eq. (6) by the factor F from the ASME Section VIII, Division 1, 1992, Fig. UG-37?
Reply: No. See 304.3.3(f)(1).
165
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: May Eq. (35a) in para. K304.1.2 of ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda be modified to take into account external and internal mechanical (thread or groove depth), corrosion, and erosion ailow- ances separately?
Reply: No. See para. K304.1.l(b) for the definition of c.
Interpretation: 14-1 2
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materiais
Date Issued: November 20, 1995
File: B31-95-018
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition require impact testing of ASTM A 403 WP304W, B16.9 fittings manufactured from A 312 welded TP304 pipe without use if weld metal deposits and used at design temperatures of -425°F or above.
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, when a proprietary integrally reinforced branch connection fitting is welded to the outside of run pipe, is the weld classified as a single vee full penetration butt weld with a cover fillet weid?
Reply (1): No, see para. 328.5.4(d).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, what pipe diameter would be used for the WPS, PQR, and WQR for NPS '/i and NPS Y4 proprietary integrally reinforced branch connection fittings?
Reply (2): All welding qualifications shall be in accordance with para. 328.2.
166
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Para. 341.3.3 Defective Components and Workmanship
Date Issued: November 20, 1995
File: B3 1-95-032
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, if a welder’s welds which are rejected are completely cut out and the joints are welded by a new welder, does para. 341.3.3 require these new welds to be examined?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 14-1 5
Subject:
Date Issued: November 20, 1995
ASME B3 1.3b-1994 Addenda, Table 341.3.2A Acceptance Criteria for Welds
File: B3 1-95-034
Question: In accordance with ASME B3 1.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, when 100% radiographic examination and no further acceptance criteria are specified, is it required that the acceptance criteria for severe cyclic conditions as noted in Table 341.3.2A be applied to the examination?
Question: According to ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, do the requirements of para. A304.1.1 apply to the reduced sections of RTR pipe outside the socket of a socket joint?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 14-1 8
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para A304.1.1 (a), Pressure Design of Nonmetallic Piping Components
Date Issued: November 20, 1995
File: B3 1-95-038
Question: According to ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, can the minimum thickness of RTR and RPM pipe be calculated using ASTM D 2992 procedure B HDS with a service factor of 0.5 (static HDBS)?
Reply: Yes, refer to A302.3.2(~)(2).
168
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
No . - Flammable Service ................................. 1.17
Flanges assembly ........................................... 2.5 design ................................... .1.67, 3.4. 9-7 general . .......................................... 9.1 0 long welding neck .................................. 4.05 slip-on ...................................... .5.12. 8-27 use of aluminum .................................... 1.51 use of raised and flat face metallic ..................... 9.07
Preheat .............................. see Heat Treatment
Pressure Design for elevated temperatures ............................. 3.4 in the high pressure range ........................... . l-68 of extruded headers ........................... .1.21. 1-70 of flanges and blanks ........................ .10.14. 13-1 5 of miter bends .................................... . l -21
Subject Interpretation
No . - of nonmetallic piping components . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.17. 14-1 8 Of pipe ............................ 1.42, 1.54. 1.57. 1.68.
Replies to Technical Inquiries April 1, 1994, Through March 31, 1995
General information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
147
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject Interpretation Alteration of Existing Piping and Hot Tapping ........................................ Certification of a Listed Material to Another Listed Material Specification ............... Paras . 301.2.1 and 302.2.5, Design Pressure ........................................... Para . 304.1.l(a), Pressure Design of Straight Pipe ..................................... Para 304.7.2, Pressure Design of Unlisted Components and Elements ....................
of Unlisted Components and Elements ............................................. Paras . 304.7.2 and 319.3.6, Pressure Design and Flexibility Factors ....................... Para 319.4.1, Flexibiliíy Analysis ..................................................... Para . 328.4, Preparation for Welding ................................................. Para 328.5.4, Welded Branch Connections ............................................ Chapter VI Inspection. Examination. and Testing ...................................... Para . 34 1.3.4( e). Progressive Examinat ion ............................................. Para . 345.4.2(a), Hydrostatic Test Requirements ....................................... Para . 345.5, Pneumatic Testing ...................................................... Para . A328.5.4, Heat Fusion Joints in Thermoplastic Piping ............................. Appendix X. Para . X3.2.2, Metallic Bellows Expansion Joints ...........................
13-04 13-10 13-15 13-07 13-02
Paras . 304.7.2 and 304.7.2(d), Pressure Design 13-03 13-05 13-14 13-01 13-11 13-16 13-12 13-13 13-06 13-08 13-09
File No . B31-94-017 B31-94-034 B31-94-042 B31-94-028 B31-94-015
ASME B3Lm3*INT N O - * I I ~ ** = 0759670 0565954 986 B31.3 Interpretations No. 13 13-01, 13-02, 13-03
Interpretation: 13-01
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 328.4, Preparation for Welding
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
File: B31-93-059
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Addenda a, does the Code require that all transitional tapers be filled with weld metal to obtain a consistent outside diameter when welding together two weld end components that are manufactured to include all of the following:
(1) a weld bevel to nominal wall thickness; (2) an actual outside diameter greater than the nominal outside diameter; (3) a taper transition from the actual outside diameter to the nominal outside diameter weld
bevel per ASME B16.25, Fig. 1.
Reply: No, the weld must have at least the same nominal wall thickness as the thinner of the two components.
Interpretation : 13-02
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design of Unlisted Components and Elements
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
File: B31-94-015
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, para. 304.7.2, may the maximum allowable pressure of an unlisted component be greater than the manufacturer’s rating?
Reply: Yes, see para. 300(c)(2).
Interpretation: 13-03
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Paras. 304.7.2 and 304.7.2(d), Pressure Design of Un- listed Components and Elements
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
File: B31-94-016
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, is a proof pressure test, in accordance with para. 304.7.2(c), required to qualifj a flange design not in accordance with a listed standard if the design meets the requirements of para. 304.7.2(d) as well as the introductory requirements of para. 304.7.2?
Reply: No.
151
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
ASME B 3 1 * 3 * 1 N T N O * * 1 3 ** D 0759670 0565955 A12
13-04, 13-05, 13-06 B31.3 Interpretations No. 13
Interpretation: 13-04
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Alterations of Existing Piping and Hot Tapping
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
File: B31-94-017
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition and Addenda a apply to alterations of existing piping, including tie-in branch connections, e.g., hot taps?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 13-05
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design of Unlisted Components and Elements, and Para. 319.3.6 Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
File: B3 1-94-018
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, may a pressure containing piping component, not manufactured in accordance with a listed standard, and for which the rules in para. 304 do not apply, be qualified in accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with para. 319.3.6, may stress intensification factors for pressure containing piping components, not manufactured in accordance with a listed standard listed in Appendix D, be established by fatigue testing?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, may the minimum pipe wall thickness determined by measurement be used to satisfy the requirements of para. 304.1.l(a)?
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-i987 Edition, para. X3.2.2, is it required to examine inaccessible surfaces of the bellows longitudinal seam weld after forming using liquid pen- etrant?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Is a dye penetrant leak test (putting dye penetrant on the inside surface and developer on the weld outside surface) an acceptable alternative to liquid penetrant examination of the inside surface of bellows longitudinal seam welds?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Are the rules in ASME Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 26, applicable to bellows in ASME €331.3 piping systems?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation: 13-10
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Certification of a Listed Material to Another Listed Material Specification.
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
File: B31-94-034
Question: Is it permissible under the requirements of ASME B31.3-1993 Edition for an orga- nization to recertify a listed material to another listed material specification?
Reply: B31.3 does not establish rules for materials certification other than the requirements of the materials specifications.
154
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
A S I E B3L13*INT N O . * 1 3 ** m O759670 0565958 5 2 1 m
B31.3 Interpretations No. 13 13-11, 13-12, 13-13
Interpretation: 13-1 1
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para 328.5.4, Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
File: B31-94-037
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda a, what is the effective weld throat thickness required for a proprietary integrally reinforced branch connection fitting?
Reply: The thickness is as required by the manufacturer’s design qualified in accordance with para. 304.7.2 or MSS SP-94, and para. 328.5.4(d).
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.3.4(e), what is the meaning of the phrase “all items represented by the progressive examinations.”?
Reply: Ail items within the same designated lot. See para. 344.1.3 Definitions, random exumi- nations.
Interpretation: 13-13
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 345.4.2(a), Hydrostatic Test Requirements
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
File: B31-94-040
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda a, permit a hydrostatic test pressure less than 1.5 times design pressure?
Reply: No, unless para. 345.4.2(c) or 345.4.3(b) applies.
155
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with para. 319.4.1, how many years of operation or number of operating cycles are required to qualify a piping system as having a successful service record?
Reply: Such determination is the responsibility of the designer. See para. 300(b)(2).
Interpretation: 13-15
Subject:
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Paras. 301.2.1 and 302.2.5, Design Pressure
File: B31-94-042
Question: When a valve isolates two process streams so that one condition on one side of the valve occurs at the same time as another condition occurs on the other side of the valve, are the requirements of paras. 301.2.1 and 302.2.5 met if the pressure design is based on the most severe conditions of coincident pressure and component temperature?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 13-16
Subject:
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Chapter VI Inspection, Examination, and Testing
File: B31-94-059
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda a, if a weid has not penetrated to the inside corner of the root face on one side of the joint and the remainder of the weld is sound, does ASME B31.3 classi@ this defect as lack of fusion?
Reply (1): No, refer to Fig. 341.3.2 sketch (c).
Question (2): Can lack of fusion occur at the root of a groove weid joint?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Is 1.5 in. of incomplete penetration in any 6 in. weid length for girth and miter groove welds acceptable for normal fluid service?
Reply (3): Yes, per acceptance criteria listed in Table 341.3.2A.
156
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Cast Irons specific requirements .............................. .1 0.01
Category D Fluid Service alternative pressure test for .......................... . l-36 limitations ................................... .4.13, 5-03 radiographic examination ............................. 8.38
Category M Fluid Service clarification of term ........................... .1.73. 9-02 double contained piping .............................. 8.35 leak test ........................................... 6.08 liquid oxygen ...................................... 8.09 requirements ........................... .8.35, 9.02, 12-1 5 tubing size limitations ................................ 2.13 "very small quantity" ............................... . l-40
Code Coverage 631.3 versus 831.4 ........................... .l-47, 7-10 general hydrocarbon service .......................... 6.01 in-line sensing devices ............................... 8.01 new and replacement piping .................... 5.22, 12-2 1 offshore platform ................................... 8.17 oil heating system ................................... 4.19 radioactive fluids .................................. 12.20 synfuel plant piping ........................... . l-52, 2-26 tobacco plant piping .................................. 3.1
Components (see also Fittings. Flanges. Standard
certification ........................ . l-26, 3.7. 5-1 O. 13-10 design conditions .................................... 2.3 fabricated or flared laps ...................... .11.03. 12-1 6 in-line sensing devices ............................... 8.01 referenced standards .......................... .1.44. 5-10
Replies to Technical Inquiries April 1, 1993, Through March 31, 1994
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffi R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certiw,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
135
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject Interpretation Para . 301.1 Scope ................................................................. 12-20 Para . 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections ........................... Para . 304.3.5(d), Additional Design Considerations .................................... Para . 304.7.2(e) and Table A.1. Unlisted Components and Elements . and Basic
Allowable Stresses ............................................................... Para . 306.4, Fabricated or Flared Laps ............................................... Para . 319.2.3, Displacement Stress Range ............................................. Para . 322.6.1, Stop Valves in Pressure Relief Piping .................................... Para . 322.6.3(b)(2), Pressure Relieving Devices ........................................ Para . 328. Welding ................................................................ Para . 328.1, Welding Responsibility .................................................. Para . 328.4.2(a)(2) and Fig . 328.4.2 Sketches (a) and (b). End Preparation ................ Paras . 345.1 and 345.9, Required Leak Test and Altemative Leak Test ................... Para . 345.3, Preparation for Leak Test ............................................... Para . 345.4.1, Hydrostatic Leak Test ................................................. Para . 345.5.4, Pneumatic Leak Test Pressure .......................................... Para . 345.9, Alternative Leak Test ................................................... Para . M305.1, Fluid Service Requirements for Metallic Piping Components ............... Para . X3.1.3 and Fig . X3.1.3, Design Fatigue Curve for Stainless Bellows ................. Table 331.1.1, Heat Treatment Requirements ......................................... Table 341.3.2a, Acceptance Criteria for Welds ........................................ Table D.1. Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors ................................ Table D.1. Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors ................................ Table D.1. Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors ................................
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 345.9, Alternative Leak Test
Date Issued: June 7, 1993
File: B31-92-072
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, may in-process examination, in ac- cordance with para. 344.7, be substituted for all or part of the radiographic examination requirements specified in para. 345.9.1 if so specified in the engineering design?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 12-02
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 345.5.4, Pneumatic Leak Test Pressure
Date Issued: June 7, 1993
File: B31-92-074
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 345.5.4, does the Code require that pneumatic test pressure be adjusted according to the ratio of stress value at test temperature to stress at design temperature?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 12-03
Subject:
Date Issued: June 7, 1993
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 345.3, Preparation for Leak Test
File: B31-92-075
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, does the Code require that all radi- ographic examination, and all owner-specified magnetic particle examination, be completed before any leak testing is performed?
Reply: No.
139
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, if the syst m test pressure is greater than 120% of design pressure, is it acceptable to set a liquid thermal relief device at the system test pressure?
Reply (1): No; the set pressure shall not exceed 120% of design pressure, unless the require- ments of para. 322.6.3(b)(l) are met.
Question (2): Which pressure is considered the system test pressure for a piping system where all piping subassemblies which include all welds and components are hydrotested at 150% of design pressure and then assembled and pneumatically tested at 110% of design pressure?
Reply (2): 110% of design pressure.
Question (3): What is the basis for the 120% of design pressure as used in para. 322.6.3(b)(2)?
Reply (3): The Committee does not provide rationale.
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, does a fabricated tee, for which the rules of para. 304 apply, that has been proof tested in accordance with the rules of ASME B16.9 and its references, also have to meet the requirements of para. 304.3.3 to determine the amount of reinforcement required?
Reply: Yes, unless it meets all of the requirements of ASME B16.9
140
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 319.2.3, Displacement Stress Range
Date Issued: June 7, 1993
File: B31-93-007
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, does para. 319.2.3 require that the difference between the minimum and maximum piping temperatures, whether caused by ambient or operating conditions, be considered as one of the range of conditions for calculating the displace- ment stress range?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 328.1, is it permissible for owner, rather than employer, to assume responsibility for the welding done by employer’s personnel; and for owner to provide WPS, PQR, and to arrange for tests required to qualify or r equa le welders and welding operators?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 12-08
Subject: ASh4E B31.3-1990 Edition, Table D-1, Flexibility Factor k and Stress Intensification Factor i
Date Issued: June 7, 1993
File: B31-93-010
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, may a tee manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.9, that does not meet the radius and thickness requirements listed in Table D-1 of Appendix Dy be used in the construction of B31.3 piping systems?
Reply: Yes; however, the stress intensification factor listed in Table D-1 of Appendix D for B16.9 tees does not apply. Refer to Notes for Table D-1 and para. 319.3.6 for additional guidance on stress intensification factors.
141
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition with Addenda, Para. 304.7.2(e) and Table A-1, Unlisted Components and Elements and Basic Allowable Stresses
Date Issued: June 7, 1993
File: B31-93-017
Question (i): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, does the Code permit the use of pipe made from ASTM A 240 Grade 321H plate in accordance with ASTM A 358?
Reply (1): Yes, see para. 323.1.2.
Question (2): If so, can the allowable stresses listed for ASTM A 312 Grade TP 321H with appropriate joint factors be used?
Reply (2): The Code does not spec@ allowable stress values for unlisted materials.
Interpretation: 12-10
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition With ASME B31.3b-1991 Addenda, Para. 328.4.2(a)(2) and Fig. 328.4.2 Sketches (a) and (b), End Preparation
Date Issued: June 7, 1993
File: B31-93-022
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition with ASME B31.3b-1991 Addenda, para. 328.4.2(a)(2) and Fig. 328.4.2 sketches (a) and (b), can the tolerance for the end bevel angle for a groove weld exceed plus or minus 2V2 deg, if verifiable to the WPS?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, what is the definition of “large di- ameter thin wall elbows” mentioned in Note (7) to Table D-l?
Reply: A large diameter thin wall elbow is one in which the pressure significantly affects the calculated values of k and i when corrected by the equation in Note (7).
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with MME B31.3-1993 Edition, if a customer invokes B31.3 in his general specification and requires that the valves be made to MME B16.34, do the specific require- ments of B16.34 in reference to welding and postweld heat treatment take precedence over the requirements given in B31.3 for pipe welding?
Reply: B16.34 applies to the manufacture of the valve. Welding of the valve to the piping system (including postweld heat treatment) shall be per the requirements of B31.3.
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition with Addenda ASME B31.3a-1990, Table 331.1.1, do P-No. 5 materiais with a chromium content greater then 3% but less than lo%, a carbon content less than 0.15%, and a nominal thickness of V2 in. or less require postweld heat treatment?
Reply: Yes.
143
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. M305.1, Fluid Service Requirements for Metallic Piping Components
Date Issued: November 19, 1993
File: B31-93-031
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, may tubing be used for process piping in Category M Fluid Service?
Reply: Yes; see para. M305.1 and definition of pipe in para. 300.2.
Interpretation: 12-16
Subject: ASh4E B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 306.4, Fabricated or Flared Laps
Date Issued: November 19, 1993
File: B3 1-93432
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, what are the limitations of “hot flaring” NPS 6-12 ASTM B 106 Grade B and A 53 Grade B carbon steel pipe?
Reply: Hot flaring for NPS 6-12 is not permitted for severe cyclic conditions, Category M Fluid Services, or High Pressure Fluid Services. For Normal Fluid Service, see paras. 306.4.2, 332.1, and 332.3.
Interpretation: 12-17
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table D-1, Flexibility Factor k and Stress Intensification Factor i
Date Issued: November 19, 1993
File: B31-93-034
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table D-1, Appendix D, does the use of the stress intensification factor listed..for a welding tee per ASME B16.9 require T, = 1.5T for both full size and reducing tees?
Reply: Yes; however, see Note (11) to Table D-1 and para. 319.3.6 for additional guidance when the thickness limits are not met.
144
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, para. 322.6.1, may a stop valve be installed between piping being protected and its protective device or devices, or between the pro- tective device or devices and the point of discharge?
Reply: Yes, provided that the requirements of para. 322.6.1 (a) and (b) or (b) and (c) are met. The precautionary consideration of Appendix F, para. F322.6, should be taken into account in the engineering design.
Interpretation: 12-19
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 345.4.1, Hydrostatic Leak Test
Date Issued: November 19, 1993
File: B3 1-93-036
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, does the B31.3 Code contain require- ments for the water to be used for hydrostatic testing?
Reply: No, except see paras. 345.2.2(c) and 345.4.1.
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, may the owner apply B31.3 to piping containing radioactive fluids in a chemical plant?
Reply: Yes, see the Introduction which states that, “If no Section of the Code for Pressure Piping specifically covers the installation, the owner at his discretion may select any Section deter- mined to be generally applicable ... It should be noted, however, that requirements supplementing the Code Section may be necessary to provide safe piping for the intended application.”
145
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Paras. 345.1 and 345.9, Required Leak Test and Aiter- native Leak Test
Date Issued: November 19, 1993
File: B3 1-93-04
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, when parts of an existing piping system are replaced, does the Code require that the conditions of para. 345.1 be met?
Reply (1): ASME B31.3-1990 Edition is intended to apply to newly constructed piping. By contractual agreement it may be applied to the repair or replacement of piping.
Question (2): Does the alternative leak test in para. 345.9 apply only to welded joints?
Reply (2): No. Also, see para. 345.2.2(a).
Interpretation: 12.22
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Table 341.3.2a, Acceptance Criteria For Welds
Date Issued: November 19, 1993
File: B3 1-93-05 1
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Table 341.3.2a, criterion value symbols B, C, F and G, would the ailowable cumulative length of a defect be prorated down for welds containing less than the weld length shown?
Reply: The Code does not specifically address this situation.
Interpretation: 12-23
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition With Addenda ASME B31.3a-1993, Para. X3.1.3 and Fig. X3.1.3 Design Fatigue Curve for Stainless Bellows
Date Issued: November 19, 1993
File: B31-93-055
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition with Addenda ASME B31.3a-1993, para. X3.1.3, shall an additional temperature correction factor be applied to the equation for N, in Fig. X3.1.3?
Reply: No.
146
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Replies to Technical Inquiries April 1, 1992, Through March 31, 1993
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume. O
121
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Para. 341.4, Extent of Required Examination
File: B31-91-034
Question (1): In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, para. 341.4, when applied to the radiography of welds, what areas, in addition to the weld, are to be included in the “area of interest’’ for interpretation and evaluation?
Reply (1): The Code does not specifically define “area of interest.”
Question (2): Does the term “weld” include the base metal heat affected zone adjacent to the weld deposit when applied to radiography?
Reply (2): No. See the definition for “weld” in para. 300.2.
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, para. 341.3.4(a), how far back in time should one go searching for additional joints to examine to meet the requirements of progressive examination?
Reply: Time is not a factor. Only piping in the “lot” under examination shall be considered for progressive examination. See paras. 341.3.4 and 344.1.3.
Interpretation: 11-03
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Paras. 306.4.2 and 332.4.2, Heat Treatment for Flared Laps
O Date Issued: May 22, 1992
File: B31-91-052
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, paras. 306.4.2 and 332.4.2, does a flared lap on a P-No. 1 material made at ambient temperatures and exhibiting a calculated maximum fiber elongation greater than 50% of the specified basic minimum for thegrade of steel used, require heat treatment under para. 332.4.2(a)?
Reply: Yes, except as excluded by para. 332.4.2(a).
125
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.3.4, if a reject is found at the second step [para. 341.3.4(c)] of progressive examination, is it required that every weld made by the same welder since the beginning of the job be examined?
Reply: No. The progressive examination applies only to the particular lot of piping represented by the original examination.
126
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-1990 Edition provide the basis for determining average ex- pected yield or tensile strength of unlisted materials referred to in para. 302.3.2(f)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 allow the use of API 5LX52 above 400"F?
Reply (2): No, see Note (55) to Table A-l.
Question (3): Does this limitation still apply even if the yield (tensile) strength is defined above this temperature?
Reply (3): Yes; however, unlisted materiais may be used above 400°F if qualified per para. 323.1.2.
Question (4): Does B31.3 provide for improving longitudinal weld joint factors through the use of ultrasonic or eddy current testing?
Reply (4): No. See Table 302.3.4.
Question (5): May ultrasonic examination be substituted for radiography to attain Code required weld joint quality factor for welded fittings?
Reply (5 ) : No.
Question ( 6 ) : Does B31.3 provide for a 0.95 weld joint quality factor for the longitudinal (including spiral) welds in pipe that is 100% ultrasonically or eddy current tested and radiographed on each end?
Reply (6): No, except as specified for certain API 5L pipe in Item 4b of Table 302.3.4.
127
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 331.1.3, is PWHT required when the header thickness is greater than the limiting thickness shown in Table 331.1.1 but the computed thickness through the weld is less than two times the limiting thickness shown in Table 331.1.1?
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table 341.3.2A, what is the min- imum height of external weld reinforcement allowed by the Code?
Reply (i): Zero.
Question (2): Is a weld exhibiting concavity on the outside surface acceptable?
Reply (2): The Code does not address external weld concavity, but the total weld thickness must be equal to or greater than T,, as defined in Note (6) to Table 341.3.2A.
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 328.2, may a contractor use a welding procedure specification written by others provided that he produces a supporting procedure qualification made by his own organization?
Reply: Yes, see para. 328.2.2
interpretation: l i -10
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.3.3 and Appendix H, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued: November 25, 1992
File: B31-92-014
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 304.3;3, may the groove weld attaching an integrally reinforced branch connection fitting to the run pipe be less than fully pen- etrated, if the depth of the groove is greater than required for adequate branch reinforcement?
Reply: No. See para. 328.5.4(d).
129
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Paras. 341.4.1, 344.2.2, and 344.7.1, Records of Exam- inations
Date Issued: November 25, 1992
File: B31-92-015
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, paras. 341.4.1, 344.2.2, and 344.7.1, are records for individual in-process examinations required only when used as a substitute for radiographic/ultrasonic examinations in accordance with para. 341.4.1(b)?
Reply: In-process examinations, when used in accordance with para. 341.4.1(b) as a substitute for radiographic/ultrasonic examinations, must be documented in accordance with para. 344.2.2. When in-process examination in accordance with para. 344.7, as opposed to visual examination under para. 341.4.1(a), is specified by the engineering design as the type of examination for any other purpose, documentation is also required. Documentation is not required for visual examina- tions performed in accordance with para. 341.4.1(a).
Interpretation: 11-12
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 323.3.2 and Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing and Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued: November 25, 1992
File: B31-92-016
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, when impact testing the weld and HAZ to the requirements of Table 323.2.2, can the base material be represented by any base material within the same P-Number group?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements for filler metal and flux are in accordance with Table 323.3.1, BOX A-4.
Interpretation: 11-13
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table A-1, Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals
Date Issued: November 25, 1992
File: B3 1-92-01 8
Question: According to ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, what rules are used to develop allowable stresses for ASTM A 351 CN7M for usage over 100"F?
Reply: The requirements of paras. 323.2.1 and 323.2.4 apply.
130
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 341.4.1 and Table 341.3.2A, Examination Nor- mally Required and Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued: November 25, 1992
File: B3 1-92-020
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.4.1, if a weld for severe cyclic service has been accepted under visual examination and later shows surface porosity under a subsequent liquid penetrant examination, is the weld acceptable in accordance with Table 341.3.2A?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.4.1, for a normal fluid service, does para. 341.4.1(b)(l) permit the in-process examination option for the 5% random ex- amination requirement?
Reply: Yes, if specified in the engineering design.
Interpretation: 11-16
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table 314.2.1, Minimum Thickness of Male Threaded Components
Date Issued: November 25, 1992
File: B31-92-029
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table 314.2.1, does the Fluid Service Limitation (the first column of the Table) shown as “None” mean “All fluid services”?
Reply: Yes.
-131
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 345.5.2, is it permissible for the engineering design to specify a higher pneumatic test pressure for a piping system than is required by para. 345.5.4?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is the engineering design specification of a higher test pressure subject to the limitations of para. 345.5.2?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): May a pressure regulator be employed as a substitute for the pressure relief device required by para. 345.5.2?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, may micro-alloyed carbon steel bars not listed in Appendix A-1 be used for piping components in B31.3 piping systems?
Reply: Yes. See the requirements of para. 323.1.2.
Interpretation: 11-21
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. K304.1.2, Eqs. (34a), (34b), (35a), and (35b), Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure
Date Issued: November 25, 1992
File: B31-92-060
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, is the 1.155 factor used in the formulas in para. K304.1.2 technically correct?
Reply: Yes, see para. K304.1.2 footnote (4) and K302.3.2(b)(l). 133
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Pressure Design for elevated temperatures ............................. 3.4 in the high pressure range ........................... . l-68 of extruded headers ........................... .1.21, 1-70 of flanges and blanks ............................... 10-1 4 of miter bends .................................... . l -2 1 of pipe ............................ 1.42, 1.54, 1.57. 1.68.
of valves .......................................... 8.04 1.70. 2.11. 11-21
Replies to Technical Inquiries April 1, 1991, Through March 31, 1992
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffi R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASh4E does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
107
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject Interpretation Para . 300.1.3(d), Exclusions .......................................................... 10-05 Para . 301.3.1 and Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperature Design ......................... Para . 304.1.2, Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure ................................... Para . 304.5, Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks ....................................
Designer Responsibility .......................................................... Para . 304.7.2(c), Unlisted Components and Elements .................................. Para . 304.7.2, Unlisted Components; and Para . 300@)(2).
Para . 304.7.2(c), Unlisted Components and Elements .................................. Paras . 311.2.5(a) and (b). Fillet Welds; and Para . 328.5.4(d),
O Para . 322.6.1(b), Stop Valve in Piping for Pressure Relieving Safety Datices .............. Para . 323.4.2@)( 1). Specific Requirements for Other Cast Irons ......................... Para . 327.4.2, Fillet and Socket Welds ................................................ Para . 340.3, Rights of the Owner’s Inspection; Para . 341.2(c), Responsibility for
Examination; Para . 341.4.l(a)(l), Visual Examination; and Para . 341.4.1(c), Certification and Records .....................................
Para . 341. Examination ............................................................. Para . 341.3.4, Progressive Examination ............................................... Paras 341.3.4(a) and (e). Progressive Examination .....................................
Cyclic Conditions; and Para . 344.6.2, Ultrasonic Examination .......................... Para . 341.4.l(b)(l), Other Examinations; Para . 341.4.3(b), Examination - Severe
Para . 345.9.1, Examination of Welds ................................................. Para . A323.4.2(a)(l), Specific Requirements for Thermoplastics ......................... Para . A328.2(a), Bonding Qualification Tests; and Para . A328.5.3(b), Solvent
Table A.1. Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals .............................. Cemented Joints in Thermoplastic Piping ...........................................
10-02 10-20 10-14
10-11 10-07 10-18
10-04 10-10 10-01 10-19
10-03 10-16 10-12 10-09
10-17 10-15 10-06
10-08 10-13
File No . B31-91-004 B31-90452 B31-91-042 B31-91-024
B31-91416 B31-91-007 B31-91-038
B31-90457 B31-91-013 B31-90-051 B31-91-039
B31-90-056 B31-091-028 B31-91-019 B31-91412
B31-91-033 B31-91-027 B31-91-006
B31-91-008 B31-91-021
109
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 323.4.2(b)(l), may cast iron piping components be used in a refrigeration system, using a hydrocarbon refrigerant with a design pressure of 300 psig.
Reply (1): No, if the owner classifies a refrigeration system using a hydrocarbon refrigerant as a process unit. Otherwise, yes, if the system is located outside process unit limits and all other requirements of para. 323.4.2 applicable to cast iron are met.
Question (2) What is the meaning of “process unit limit” in para. 323.4.2(b)( i)?
a Reply (2): See the definition of “process unit” in para. 300.2. The owner must classifi and
establish the boundaries of process units not specifically described in para. 300.2.
Interpretation: 10-02
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 301.3.1 and Table 323.2.2
Date Issued: June 14, 1991 e File: B31-90-052
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 301.3.1, is the design min- imum temperature the lowest component temperature expected in service, which may result from auto refrigeration?
Reply (1): Yes, unless the process design provides means to control minimum temperature.
Question (2): In accordance with Table 323.2.2, Note (2), for P-No. 1 carbon steel materials, if the design minimum temperature is below - 20”F, but not lower than -50”F, and the coincident pressure below - 20°F does not exceed 25% of the design pressure, and the combined longitudinal stresses do not exceed 6 ksi, is impact testing required?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): For P-No 1 materials, if the design minimum temperature is below -50”F, is impact testing required?
Reply (3): Yes, the Table 323.2.2, Note (2) exemption applies only for design minimum tem- peratures down to -50°F. Also see para. 302.2.4(h).
Question (4): If impact testing is required, is the required test temperature the design minimum temperature, even though coincident pressure may be at or near atmospheric pressure?
Reply (4): Yes. See Table 323.2.2 Column By Box B-3, and Para. 323.3.4.
111
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Interpretations 3-7 and 5-10, Paras. 340.3, 341.2(c), 341.4.1 (a)( i), and 341.4.1 (c)
Date Issued: June 14, 1991
File: B31-90-056
Question (1): In component markings the examiner that the
accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.4.1(c), are individual in accordance with the applicable material specification sufficient to assure material is of proper specification and grade?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with para. 340.3, may the owner?s Inspector require that all doc- umentation produced by the original material manufacturer, including documentation beyond the material specification requirements, be provided?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): For an owner?s inspection system, does the Code require documentation to assure component traceability?
Reply (3): The Code does not address this subject.
Question (4): For an owner?s stocking system, are warehouse markings sufficient to assure component traceability?
Reply (4): The Code does not address this subject.
Question (5): For components which lack full identification, because of size or other reasons, may the shipping container be properly marked instead.
Reply (5): The Code does not address this subject, except as requirements are stated in the referenced specification.
Interpretation: 10-04
Subject: ASMEANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda, Paras. 311.2.5(a) and (b) and 328.5.4(d)
Date Issued June 14, 1991
File: B3 1-90-057
Question: Does ASMWANSI B31.3-1987 Edition and its Addenda permit the use of fillet welds as the primary pressure retaining welds for installation of a full encirclement tee type branch con- nection?
Reply: ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition and its Addenda do not specifically address rules for fillet welding of full encirclement tee type branch connections.
112
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question (1): In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, para. 300.1.3(d), is piping which is contained in a pressure vessel exempt from the Code?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with para. 300.1.3(d), if a pressure vessel, heat exchanger, pump, or other piece of equipment is supplied with external piping, are the piping components exempt from the Code?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3-1990 Edition provide a means for qualifying the use of ASTM A 240 TP 304 material to -457°F if material is thinner than 0.099 in.?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation: 10-06
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. A323.4.2(a)(l), Specific Requirements for Ther- moplastics
Date Issued: June 14, 1991
File: B31-91-006
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. A323.4.2(a)(l) prohibit the use of ther- moplastic expansion joints, such as PTFE, in above ground flammable fluid service.
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does the Code permit the use of thermoplastic expansion joints, such as PTFE, in above ground flammable fluid service if safeguarded?
Reply (2): No.
113
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.7.2(c), Unlisted Components and Elements
File: B31-91-007
Question (1): Paragraph 304.7.2(c) of ASME B31.3-1990 Edition requires that the proof test be subject to the approval of the Inspector. Is it permissible for a professional engineer or others without the official title of inspector, but experienced in the design, fabrication, or inspection of B31.3 piping, to approve the proof test?
Reply (1): Yes, provided that the individual has been designated by the owner and is qualified
Question (2): For components qualified in accordance with para. 304.7.2(c), must the inspector
Reply (2): No.
to perform that function in accordance with para. 340 of B31.3.
designated by the owner to approve the test also have been a witness to the proof test?
Interpretation: 10-08
Subject: ASh4E B31.3-1990 Edition; Para. A328.2(a), Bonding Qualification Tests; and Para. A328.5.3(b), Solvent Cemented Joints in Thermoplastics Piping
Date Issued: June 14, 1991
File: B31-91-008
Question (1): In conforming to the qualification tests per ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. A328.2.5(a), is a bell-end-to-plain-end connection considered a pipe-to-pipe joint for plastic piping?
Reply (1): Yes, if the joint connects two straight pipe sections of the test assembly.
Question (2): If a bonding procedure specification for plastic piping specifically states that it is limited to pipe-to-fitting joints only, are both a pipe-to-pipe joint and a pipe-to-fitting joint man- datory for conformance with the qualification tests per para. A328.2.5(a)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Can the lack of a small fillet as specified in para. A328.5.3@) be considered an
Reply (3): Yes. Also see ASME B31.3, Interpretation 8-14, Question (6). The Committee will
unfilled area per Table A341.3.2?
consider future revisions to this paragraph.
114
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 341.3.4(a) and (e), Progressive Examination
831.3 Interpretations No. 10 10-09.10-10
Date Issued: June 14, 1991
File: B31-91-012
Question (1): In complying with the requirements of ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.3.4, must additional items examined be of the same size as the defective item?
Reply (1): No, unless otherwise specified by the engineering design.
Question (2): In para. 341.3.4(e), does the phrase “all items represented by the progressive examinations” refer only to those items which have been examined and found to contain defects?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 10-10
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 322.6.1(b), Stop Valve in Piping for Pressure Relieving Safety Devices
Date Issued: June 14, 1991
File: B31-91-013
Quest?on (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 322.6, are reduced area stop valves permitted on both the inlet side and discharge side of pressure relieving devices protecting piping?
Reply (1): Yes, provided the additional requirements of para. 322.6 are met.
Question (2): In accordance with para. 322.6, are reduced area stop valves permitted on both the inlet side and discharge side of pressure relieving devices protecting pressure vessels in accord- ance with Section VIII, Division 1 of the BPV Code?
Reply (2): The requirements of ASME B31.3 apply only to B31.3 piping.
115
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 304.7.2, is the designer respon- sible to the owner for assuring that the design of unlisted components has been substantiated?
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.3.4, is progressive ex- amination mandatory?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is progressive examination per para. 341.3.4 considered as part of the Code procedure to determine the acceptability of welds in a particular lot of piping?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 70-13
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table A-1, Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for Metals
Date Issued: June 14, 1991
File: B31-91-021
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, is it acceptable to use the published ASTM A 240 or ASTM A 167 Type 317L allowable stresses in Table A-1 for a design based on seamless pipe purchased to the ASTM A 312 Type 317L pipe specification?
Reply: Yes, see para. 323.1.2.
116
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.5, Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks O
Date Issued: December 2, 1991
File: B3 1-9 1-024
Question: Shall flanges designed in accordance with ASME B31.3a-1990, para. 304.5.1(b) or 304.5.2(b) be designed using the allowable stresses from Table A-l?
Reply: Yes, except for austenitic stainless steels and nickel alloys whose allowables are based on 90% of yield strength at temperature and are shown in italics or boldface in Table A-l. In those cases, refer to para. 302.3.2(e) for the recommended allowable stress limits.
interpretation: 10-15
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 345.9.1, Examination of Welds
Date Issued: December 2, 1991
File: B3 1-91 -027
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 345.9.1, when 100% ra- diography is performed as part of an alternative leak test for Normal Fluid Service piping, are the acceptance criteria for Normal Fluid Service used?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): When 100% radiography, instead of 20% radiography, is required by the engi- neering design for Category M Fluid Service and the acceptance criteria are specified to be in accordance with B31.3, are the acceptance criteria the same as for 20% radiography?
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, paras. 341.3.3 and 341.3.4, what method of examination is required for a weld replaced due to defect@) observed under a visual examination process?
Reply: The new weld requires the same examination as was required for the original weld.
117
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 341.4.l(b)(l), 341.4.3(b), and 344.6.2
Date Issued: December 2, 1991
File: B31-91-033
Question (1): In accordance with A S W A N S I B31.3-1987 Edition, paras. 341.4.1@)(1) and 341.4.3(b), is it acceptable to replace radiographic examination (RT) with ultrasonic examination (UT)?
Reply (1): Yes, but in the case of severe cyclic conditions [para. 341.4.3@)], such replacement
Question (2): In accordance with paras. 341.3.2 and 344.6.2, what are the acceptance criteria
is permissible only if specified by the engineering design.
for welds examined by ultrasonic examination?
Reply (2): The requirements are specified in para. 344.6.2.
Question (3): What is the definition of “linear-type” discontinuities?
Reply (3): A discontinuity which is a least three times as long as it is wide.
Question (4): For ultrasonic examination are there types of discontinuities other than linear- type discontinuities which are acceptable?
Reply (4): The Code does not address such discontinuities.
Question (5): For ultrasonic examination will any types of discontinuities be unacceptable if they meet the requirements as stated in para. 344.6.2(a)?
Reply (5): The Code does not address types of discontinuities other than linear-type.
Question (6): Is there other information in B31.3 concerning acceptance criteria for ultrasonic examination under para. 344.6?
Reply (6): No.
118
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
5-01. 5-1 5. 6-06 Appendix E [Appendix KI ...................... . l-44, 5-1 O Appendix F [F323.2] ................................ 1.29 Appendix G ....................................... 5.12 Appendix H ....................................... 8.06 Appendix J ........................ . l -28, 1.54. 1.75. 5-04 Appendix M ................................. .6.01. 8-09 Case 137 ........................................... 3-1 Case 141 .......................................... 1-51
íb) Cumulative Index . 831.3 Interpretations Vols . 1-10
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Allowable Stresses ................................. 4.12 bases for .................... .1.18. 3.13. 8.11. 8.25. 10-13 for ASTM A 3 12 .................................... 1.29 for ASTM A 387 .................................... 8.25 for ASTM A 570 .................................... 1.38 for ASTM A 587 .................................... 1-13 for ASTM A 671 .................................... 1-48 for ASTM B 464 .................................... 8.11 for austenitic stainless steels ........................... 3.13
Alternative Tests for Category D fluid service ......................... . l-36 requirements ....................................... 8.15 sensitive leak test .................................. . l-25
Authorized Inspector ................ see Owner's Inspector
Bends corrugated ......................................... 1-23 miter ................................... see Miter Bends reduction of outside diameter ......................... 8.20
Bonding Qualification Test hot gas welded ..................................... 8.14 minimum burst pressure ........................ .7.09, 8-14 procedure specifications for plastic piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . .i 0.08 a solvent cement ..................................... 8-14
Bonds heat fusion ........................................ 8.14 hot gas welded ..................................... 8.14 test assembly ...................................... 7.09
Cast Irons specific requirements ............................... 10.01
Category D Fluid Service alternative pressure test for .......................... . l -36 limitations ................................... .4.13. 5-03 radiographic examination ............................. 8.38
Category M Fluid Service clarification of term ........................... . l-73, 9-02 double contained piping. ............................. 8.35 leak test ........................................... 6.08 liquid oxygen ...................................... 8.09 requirements ................................. .8.35. 9-02 tubing size limitations ................................ 2.13 "very small quantity" ............................... . l-40
Code Coverage B31.3 versus B31.4 ........................... .l-47, 7-10 general hydrocarbon service .......................... 6-01 in-line sensing devices ............................... 8-01 new and replacement piping .......................... 5.22 offshore platform ................................... 8.17 oil heating system ................................... 4.19 synfuel plant piping ........................... .1.52, 2-26 tobacco plant piping .................................. 3.1
Components (see also fittings. flanges. standard components.
Flammable Service ................................. 1.17
Flanges assembly ............................................ 2.5 design ................................... .1.67, 3.4, 9-7 general ........................................... 9.10 long welding neck .................................. 4.05 slip-on ...................................... .5.12, 8-27 use of aluminum .................................... 1.51 use of raised and flat face metallic ..................... 9.07
Subiect Interpretation
No . - Flexibility Analysis branch connections ................................. 9.01 exemptions from .................................... 1.33
Flexibility Characteristic effect of branch to run
diameters ....................................... . l-56 for a tee ............................... .1.55. 1.56. 5-01 for components not listed
in Appendix D ............................. .1.55. 2-24
Flexibility Factors basis for ......................................... . l -56 for 816.9 tees ...................................... .1-. 7 for fabricated intersections .................. .1.6, 4.16, 5-15 for welded elbows ................................... 1.6
Fluid Service general hydrocarbon ................................ 6.01 responsibility for
Impact Tesis absorbed energy data ................................. 2.9 alternative methods ................................. 8-30 base meta! ......................................... 4.01 exclusions from ......................... . l-76, 5-1 4, 8-30 heat treatment required .............................. 5.19 in qualifying procedures ............................. -8-29 of aluminum filler metals ............................. 2.19 of austenitic stainless steel ........................... . l-65 of bolting materials .................................. 4.15 of the heat affected zone ....................... .1.76, 5-21 of weldments ...................... .1.12. 1.65. 1.76, 5-21 temperature limitation ......................... .5.14. 8-30
e
0
e
e
e (d) Cumulative index . 631.3 Interpretations Vols . 1-10
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
(hydrostatic test) ............................ . l -61, 2-23
. . . . . . . . . .1.35, 1-43
Lethal Substance .............................. O . . . . . 1.73
Subject Interpretation
No . - Limitations on imperfections ......................... see Imperfections on hardness ........................................ 2-2 on tubing size ................................. .2.13, 3-6
Low Temperature Requirements ......................... see Impact Tests
Materials API 5L .............................. 1.78. 2.4. 3.9. 3.11.
6.01. 6-06 API5LX ............................................ 2-4 ASTM A 234 ...................................... 2-20 ASTM A 312 ........................... .l-29, 1-77, 2-20 ASTM A 403 ................................ .l-77, 2-20 ASTM A 487 ...................................... 8-07
Positions qualification of welding ............................. , l -66
Postweld Heat Treatment .............. see Heat Treatment
Preheat .............................. see Heat Treatment
Pressure Design for elevated temperatures ............................. 3.4 in the high pressure range ........................... . l-68 of extruded headers ............................ 1.2 1. 1-70 of flanges and blanks .............................. .1 0.14 of miter bends 1.2 1 ..................................... Of Pipe ............................ 1.42, 1.54, 1.57, 1.68,
1.70, 2-1 1 of valves 8.04 ..........................................
Published Specification ............................. 1.1 5
(f)
e Radiographic Examination
as supplementary examination ......................... 8-38 random radiography ................. 1-27, 1-45, 1-62, 2-12,
records 1-10 requirements ....................................... 6-04 selection of welds for
................................... 2-25 spot radiography .............................. .l-62, 3-12 when PWHT is required ........................ .l-64, 2-4
Records certification ............................. 5-1 O, 8-02, 10-03 of hardness tests .................................... 8-22 for radiographic examination 1-10 retention of 1-10
Reinforcement, Branch attachment weld .............................. .4-03, 7-08 clarification of terms ................................. 1-37 limits of ..................................... .2-27, 9-04
Repairs to welds .......................................... 2-18
Responsibility designer ......................................... .1 0-11 rights of owner's inspection .......................... 10-03
displacement stress range ............................. 7-04 due to cold spring .................................. 8-16 due to occasional loads .............................. 2-16 due to pressure surges ............................... 1-50 due to seismic loads ................................. 2-17 due to thermal gradients .............................. 3-4 longitudinal 1-20, 1-50, 2-1 5, 2-24, 4-1 O,
Replies to Technical Inquiries June i, 1990, Through March 31, i 991
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 Committee concerning 831.3 as part of the update service.to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
MME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee, As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, MME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or acthity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the 831 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assi; the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume I up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
99
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject Fig . 328.4.4; Branch Pipe Projection into Run Pipe ..................................... Pam 300.1.1, 300.2, MA306.5, and MA323.4; Applicability to a Textile Plant, and
Category M Fluid Service ......................................................... Pam 304.5; Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks
and Para. 312; Flange Joint Sysîem ................................................ Para. 304.5.1 (b); Flange-General ..................................................... Par a. 331 . 1 . 1 and Table 330.1 . 1. Heat Treatment Requirements for Attadment of
Bellows Expansion Joints to Piping ................................................. Para . 331.1.3 and Table 331 . 1 . 1. Heat Treatment Requirements
of 5% Cr Socket Weid ........................................................... Pam 345.41; Test Pressure. Metallic Piping .......................................... Table 319.3.6 and Appendix D; Flm*bility Analysis for Branch Connecüons ................ Table 3 4 1 . 3 a Reinforcement and Intemat Protrusion Limits ...........................
Paras . 300.1 and 300.2; Applicability to the Transportation of an Emptied System .......... Interpretation
8-28R 9-06
9-02
9-07 9-09
9-05
9-03 9-08 9-01 9-04
File No . 831-90-008* 631-90-030
631-90-026
631-90-034 831-90-033
631-90-029
831-90-027 631-90-031 631-90-25A 831-90-028
I o1
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
ASMUANSI 831.3-1 987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3~-I 989, Fig. 328.4.4; Branch Pipe Projedon Into Run Pipe
File: 831 -90-008*
Question: In accordance with ASMUANSI B31.3, Fig. 328.4.4 sketch ,”,, is there a maximum distance that the branch pipe can project into the run pipe?
Reply: No. The Code does not specify any requirements other than those given in Fig. 328.4.4 sketch (c). Further requirements are the responsibility of the owner.
Interpretation: 9-01
Subject:
Date Issued:
File:
Question:
ASMUANSI 831.3-1 987 Edition, With Addenda Through B31.3~-1989, Table 31 9.3.6 and Appendix D; Flexibility Analysis for Branch Connections
November 28,1990
B31-90-25A
1 accordance with ASMWANSI 831.3, para. 31 9.3.6 and Appendix D, is it permissible to use the k- and i- factors for 90 deg. branch connections from Table D-1 for branch connections that intersect the run at angles other than 90 deg. (with or without added reinforcement)?
other than 90 deg. Reply: ASMUANSI B31.3 does not provide specific k and i factors for branch connections at
103
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Paras. 300.1 .i, 300.2, MA306.5, and MA323.4; Appl- icability to a Textile Plant, and Category M Fluid Service
Date Issued: November 28, 1990
File: 831 -90-026
Question (I): Is a textile plant which regularly handles caustic chemicals in its manufacturing process covered by ASME B31.3, para. 300.1 .i (c)?
responsibili ty..." Reply (1): Yes. See also the ninth paragraph of the Introduction which begins "It is the owner's
Question (2): Is it a requirement of ASME 831.3-1990 that piping for 30% sodium hydroxide be classified as Category M Fluid Service as defined in para. 300.3?
Reply (2): It is the owner's responsibility to determine which fluid services are to be identified as Category M. See para. 300(b)(l). Appendix M may be used as a guide in making such determi- nations.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3, para. MA323.4.2 prohibit the use of a polypropylene flow measuring device in Category M fluid senn'ces?
Reply (3): Yes, if the polypropylene is used as a pressure containing component, not as a liner
Question (4): Does ASME 831.3, para. MA306.5 prohibit the use of a polypropylene insertion
Reply (4): If a flow measuring device is not a fabricated branch connection, para. MA306.5 does
or gasket.
flow measuring device in Category M fluid service?
not apply.
Interpretation: 9-03
Subject: ASMWANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, With Addenda Through B31.3~-i 989, Para. 331 .I .3 and Table 331 .i .i ; Heat Treatment Requirements of 5% Cr Socket Weld
Date Issued: November 28, 1990
File: B31-90-027
Question: Are the exceptions in ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 331 .i .3(b)(2) applicable to the re- quirements of Table 331 .i .I ?
Reply: Yes.
104
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASMVANSI 831.3, Table 341.3.2A, may heights of reinforcement and internal protrusion be added together in determining penetrameter requirements for radiograph- ing girth welds?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 9-05
Subject: ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 331 .I .i and Table 330.1 .i; Heat Treatment Re- quirements for Attachment of Bellows Expansion Joints to Piping
Date Issued: November 28, 1990
File: 831 -90-029
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3, para. 331 .I .I, is it required to postweld heat treat attachment welds joining austentic bellows to P-No. i, 3, 4, and 5 piping (in thickness requiring PWHT) when the bellows material thickness is less than or equal to '/8 in. and the attachment weld is made with austentic weld material?
Reply: Yes, except as permitted by para. 331 2 .2 .
Interpretation: 9-06
Subject:
Date Issued:
ASMUANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 300.1 and 300.2; Applicabiliq portation of an Emptied System
November 28, i 990
File: B31-90-030
to the Trans-
Question: Does ASMWANSI B31.3-1987, para. 300.1.2 address the transportation of a piece of
Reply: Yes.
packaged equipment which includes piping?
105
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: When designing aluminum flange, in accordance with ACME 831.3, para. 304.5.1 (b), is it permissible to design them in accordance with ASME Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 2, not considering the large difference in modulus of elasticity between steel and aluminum?
Reply: Yes, however; see also para. 300(c)(2).
1 O6
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
5.01. 5-1 5. 6-06 Appendix E [Appendix K I ...................... .1.44. 5-10 Appendix F tF323.21 ................................ 1-29 Appendix C ....................................... 5-12 Appendix H ....................................... 8-06 Appendix J ........................ . l-28, 1.54. 1.75. 5-04 Appendix M ................................. .6.01. 8-09 Case 137 ........................................... 3-1 Case i 4 1 .......................................... 1-51
Cumulative Index . B31.3 Interpretations Vols . 1-9
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Acceptance Criteria pressure tests ...................... L ............... . l -2 weld ...................... 1.1. 1.9. 1.14. 1.41. 2.8. 5.09.
5.13. 5.17. 5.18. 5.20. 6.04. 7.06. 8-32
Allowable Stresses ................................. 4.12 bases for ........................... 1-1 8. 3-1 3. 8-1 1. 8-25 for ASTM A 312 .................................... 1.29 for ASTM A 387 .................................... 8.25 for ASTM A 570 ................................... -1-38 for ASTM A 587 .................................... 1.13 for ASTM A 671 .................................... 1-48 for ASTM B 464 .................................... 8-11 for austenitic stainless steels ........................... 3.13
Alternative Tests for Category D fluid service .......................... 1.36 requirements ....................................... 8.15 sensitive leak test ................................... 1.25
Bends corrugated ........................................ . l-23 miter ................................... see Miter Bends reduction of outside diameter ......................... 8.20
Bonding Qualification Test hot gas welded ..................................... 8.14 minimum burst pressure ........................ .7.09. 8-14 solvent cement .................................... 8.14
Bonds heat fusion ........................................ 8.14 hot gas welded ..................................... 8.14 test assembly ...................................... 7.09
Category D Fluid Service alternative pressure test for ........................... 1-36 limitations ................................... .4.13. 5-03 radiographic examination ............................. 8.38
Category M Fluid Service clarification of term ........................... .1.73. 9-02 double contained piping .............................. 8.35 leaktest ........................................... 6-08 liquid oxygen ...................................... 8-09 requirements ................................. .8.35. 9-02 tubing size limitations ................................ 2.13 "very small quantity" ............................... . l-40
Code Coverage 831.3 versus B31.4 ........................... .1.47. 7-10 general hydrocarbon service .......................... 6.01 in-line sensing devices ............................... 8.01 new and replacement piping .......................... 5.22 offshore platform ................................... 8.17 oil heating system ................................... 4.19 synfuel plant piping ........................... . l-52, 2-26 tobacco plant piping .................................. 3.1
Components (see also fittings. flanges. standard components.
Flammable Service ................................. 1.17
Flanges assembly ........................................... 2.5 design ................................... .1.67. 3.4. 9-7 general ........................................... 9.1 O long welding neck .................................. 4.05 slip-on ...................................... .5.12. 8-27 use of aluminum .................................... 1.51 use of raised and flat face metallic ..................... 9.07
Flexibility Analysis branch connections ................................. 9.01 exemptions from .................................... 1-33
Flexibility Characteristic effect of branch to run
diameters ........................................ i -56 for a tee ............................... .l-55. 1.56. 5-01 for components not listed
in Appendix D ............................. .1.55. 2-24
Flexibility Factors basis for ......................................... -1-56 for B16.9 tees. ...................................... 1-7 for fabricated intersections .................. . l-6, 4-16. 5-15 for welded elbows ................................... 1-6
Fluid Service general hydrocarbon ................................ 6-01 responsibility for
Impact Tests absorbed energy data ................................. 2.9 alternative methods ................................ -8-30 base metal ......................................... 4.01 exclusions from ......................... . l-76, 5-1 4. 8-30 heat treatment required .............................. 5.19 in qualifying procedures .............................. 8.29 of aluminum filler metals ............................. 2.19 of austenitic stainless steel ............................ 1.65 of bolting materials .................................. 4.15 of the heat affected zone ....................... .l176, 5-21 of weldments ...................... .1.12. 1.65. 1.76. 5-21 temperature limitation ......................... .5.14. 8-30
Imperfections (see also Acceptance Criferia) concave root surface ........................... .1.1. 6-04 determination of .................................... 8.32 lack of fusion ...................................... 5.09 porosity ............................ .1.9, 5.13, 5.16, 5-20 slag inclusion ...................................... 5.20 tungsten inclusions ............................. .1.9, 5-17 undercutting ............................. .1.14. 2.8. 6-04
leak Tests acceptance criteria .................................. . l-2 alternative ......................... .4.09. 5.07. 6.08. 8-15 as nondestructive examination ......................... 8.31 for Category D fluid service .......................... 1.36 for system designed for
isolation of test pump ................................. 1.2 leakage í -4 minimum hydrostatic test
pressure .................................... 2.23. 4-04 minor repairs and additions ............................ 1.2 of discharge piping ................................. . l-72 of newly constructed
systems .......................... .1.4. 5.02. 5.22. 8-15 of piping and vessel ................................ . l-63 of piping connecting
equipment ........................................ 3.3 of replacement piping ............................... 5.22 painting before test ........................ .2.6. 3.10. 5-23 personnel qualification ............................... 8.3 1 preparation for ...................... .2.6. 3.10. 5.02. 5-23 reduced pressure
(hydrostatic test) ............................ .1.61. 2-23 sensitive .......................................... 1-25 temperature correction for .1.35. 1-43
O psi ........................................... 2.31
Limitations on imperfections ......................... see Imperfections on hardness ........................................ 2.2 on tubing size ................................. .2.13, 3-6
l o w Temperature Requirements ......................... see Impact Tests a
Subiect Interpretation
No . - Materials API 5L .............................. 1.78. 2.4. 3.9. 3.11.
6.01. 6-06 API 5tX ............................................ 2-4 ASTM A 234 ...................................... 2-20 ASTM A 312 ........................... .1.29. 1.77. 2-20 ASTM A403 ................................. 1.77. 2.20 ASTM A 487 ...................................... 8-07 ASTM A 537 ....................................... 2-1 ASTM A 570 ...................................... 1-38 ASTM A 587 ...................................... 1-13 ASTM A 633 ...................................... 1-11 ASTM A 658 ....................................... 3-8 ASTM A 671 ...................................... 1-48 ASTM B 241 ....................................... 2-19 ASTM B 337 ....................................... 4-18 certification ................................... 5.1 O. 8-02 conforming to two grades ...................... .8.18. 8-34 notch sensitive ..................................... 2.22 reidentification ..................................... 8.19 toughness requirements .............................. 5.19
Miter Bends pressure design of ............................. . l-22, 5-11
Near Straight Sawtooth Runs
explanation of ...................................... 1-33
Nomenclature d ................................................ 1.54 T ................................................ 1-28 t , ................................................ 1-75 . T,,, .......................................... 5.04. 5.16
Nonmetallic Piping in Category M Fluid Service ......................... -8-35 joint requirements ............................. .7.09. 8-14
Preheat .............................. see Heat Treatment
Pressure Design for elevated temperatures ............................. 3.4 in the high pressure range ............................ 1.68 of extruded headers ........................... .1.21, 1-70 of miter bends ..................................... 1.21 of pipe ............................ 1.42, 1.54, 1.57, 1.68.
of valves ......................................... -8-04 1.70, 2-1 1
-when PWHT isrequired . T. ................. . . .1.64. 2-4
Records certification .................................. .5.10. 8-02 of hardness tests .................................... 8.22 for radiographic examination .......................... 1-1 O retention of ........................................ 1-1 O
I
Subject Interpretation
No . - Reinforcement. Branch attachment weld .............................. .4.03. 7-08 clarification of terms ................................. 1.37 limits of ..................................... .2.27. 9-04
Repairs to welds .......................................... 2-18
displacement stress range ............................. 7.04 due to cold spring .................................. 8.16 due to occasional loads .............................. 2.16 due to pressure surges .............................. . l-50 due to seismic loads ................................. 2-17 due to thermal gradients .............................. 3-4 longitudinal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20, 1-50, 2-1 5, 2-24, 4-1 O,
Replies to Technical Inquiries May i , i 989, Through May 31 , i 990
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect.on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity, In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the 831 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating
interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume i up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
79
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject Interpretation Fin . 328.4.4: Branch Pipe Proiection Into Run Pipe ..................................... 8-28 Fig . 328.5.26; Double-Weld& Slip-On Flange i Dimension ............................ Paras. 300 and 300.1 and Fig . 300.1.1, Applicability - Offshore Platform .................
Temperature Changes., .......................................................... Below -320.F ..................................................................
Paras . 300.1 . 1 and 300.2; Rules for In-line Sensing Devices ............................. Paras . 302.2.4 and 345.4; Maximum Allowable Valve Body Cavity Pressure ................ Para . 302.3.2 and Table A-I; Stress Value for A 387. Grade 9. Classes 1 and 2 ............. Para . 302.3.5; Stresses due to Cold Spring ............................................ Para . 304.3.3 and Appendix H; Branch Reinforcement .................................. Para . 304.3.3 and Figs . 304.3.3 and K328.5.4; Area Replacement - Definitions ........... Para . 304.5.1 and Table A-I; Materials/Fittings - Use of Two Grades ....................
Para . 323.1.2 and Table 326.1; Material for Valve Body and Internals ..................... Para . 330.1; Preheat Temperature - Procedure Qualification ............................
Paras . 300(b) and 300.2 and Appendix M; Classification of Fluid Service. large
Paras . 300(c)(2) and 323.3.4; Impact Testing Methods and Acceptance Criteria
Paras . 318 and 328.5.4; Fillet Welds., ............................................... Paras . 323.1.1 and 323.1.2; Material Reidentification ................................... Para . 330; Preheat Requirements - Welding Procedure Specification ..................... Para . 331.1.1; Postweld Heat Treatment .............................................. Paras . 331.1.2, 331 -3.4, and 331.3.7; Temperature Monitoring of Stress
Relieving of Pipe Welds in Series .................................................. Para . 331.1.7; Hardness Tests - Procedure Qualification Records ........................ Para . 332.1; Use of Elbowless Steel Pipe in 631.3 ...................................... Para . 332.2.1; Bends - Requirements for ............................................. Para . 341.3.2 and Table 341.3.2A; Acceptance Criteria - Liquid Penetrant and
Magnetic Particle., .............................................................. Paras . 341.4.1 and 344.2; Visual Examination - Small Bore Piping ....................... Para . 341.4.1 (c); Certifications and Records., ......................................... Paras . 345 and 345.2.2; leak Test as Nondestructive Examination ........................ Paras . 345.1 and 345.9; Leak Testing ................................................. Paras . A304. A328.2.1, A328.2.5 and A328.5; Bonding Qualification Test.
Paras . 341.4.1, 341.4.3, and 344.2.1; Visual Examination - Interna! Inspection ............ Paras . 341.4.2 and 341.5 and Table 341.3.2A; Category D Fluid Service ..................
Para . A314 and Table 314.2.1; Plastic Lined Pipe - Use of Screwed Flanges .............. Paras . M307.2 and MA323.4.2; Category M Fluid Service - Double Contained
Piping; Use of Valves ............................................................ Postweld Heat Treatment - Seal Welding ............................................ Table 323.3.1 and Para . 328.2.1; Impact Requirements in Qualifying
a Welding Procedure ............................................................ Tables 326.1 and A-I; Dual Certified Materials and Components ......................... Table 331.1.1; Heat Treatment Requirements .......................................... Table A-I; Minimum Ultimate Tensile Strength and Allowable Stresses for ASTM
6 464. Grade 20 Cb ............................................................. Table A-1; Use of Plate Material for Pipe ..............................................
Subject: ASMUANSI 831.3-1 987 Edition, Paras. 300.1 .i and 300.2; Rules for In-Line Sensing Devices
Date Issued: May 22, 1989.
File: 831 -88-0288
Question: Shall the. pressure containing piping cbmponents of an in-line sensing device be designed, fabricated, examined, and tested in accordance with the rules of ASMUANSI 831.31
Reply: Yes; see the definitions for "piping" and "piping components" in ASMUANSI 831.3, para. 300.2. See also para. 300.1.1.
Interpretation: 8-02
Subject:
Date Issued: May 22, 1989
ASMWANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, Para. 341.4.1 (c); Certifications and Records
File: 831 -88-030
Question: In accordance with ASMUANSI B31.3, para. 341.4.1 (c), can manufacturers' markings on pipe, fittings, and components be regarded as confirmation of material compliance with the specifications?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 8-03
Subject: ASMUANSI 831.3-1 987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-I 988, Para. 332.1 ; Use of Elbowless Steel Pipe in 831.3
Date Issued: May 22, 1989
File: 831 -89-006
Question: In accordance with ASMUANSI 831.3 is the use of pipe bending permitted?
Reply: Yes; see ASMUANSI 831.3, para. 332.1.
83
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASMVANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Paras. 302.2.4 and 345.4; Maximum Allowable Valve Body Cavity Pressure
Date Issued: May 22, 1989
File: B31-89-007
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI 831.3, what is the maximum pressure buildup relative to the pressure rating of the valve permitted in the valve body cavity?
Reply: 133% of the pressure rating of the valve provided that all of the requirements of ASME/ ANSI 831.3, para, 302.2.4 are met. Also see para. 345.4 for pressure test requirements.
Interpretation: 8-05
Subject: ANSVASME B31.3-1984 Edition, Paras. 331 .I .2,331.3.4, and 331.3.7; Temperature Monitoring of Stress Relieving of Pipe Welds in Series
Date issued: May 22, 1989
File: 831 -89-008
Question: Several identical welds in a single assembly are eparately locally heat treated using electrical resistance heaters in series. In accordance with ANSVASME 831.3, paras. 331 .I .2 and 331.3.4 is a temperature measurement of each weld required?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 8-06
Subject: ASMVANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Para. 304.3.3 and Appendix H; Branch Reinforcement
Date Issued: May 22, 1989
File: B31-89-009
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 304.3.3, is the weld joint factor €j for calculating 'the required thickness of the branch tb always equal to I .O whether the branch is lon- gitudinally welded or not?
Reply: No. The weld joint quality factor i', for the branch in accordance with para. 302.3.4 shall be used.
Note: Example H-2 of Appendix H will be reviewed by. the. Committee far possible revision.
84
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASMVANSI 831.3, para. 331 .I .i, is postweld. heat treatment required in the welding procedure specification for P-No. I materials when postweld heat treatment is needed solely for the type of service?
Reply: Yes, and the requirements for postweld heat treatment should be specified in the engi- neering design.
85
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASMVANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-I 988, Paras. 300(b) . and 300.2, and Appendix M; Classification of Fluid Service, Large Temperature Changes
Date Issued: November 16, 1989
File: B31-89-018
Question (I): Is it a requirement of ASMVANSI B31.3 that piping for liquid oxygen (LOX) at - 2 9 7 O F and 6000 psig be classified as Category M fluid service as defined in para. 300.2?
Reply (I): No; it is the owner’s responsibility to determine which fluid services are to be identified as Category M. See para. 300(b)(I 1, Appendix M may be used as a guide in making such determinations.
Question (2) : Does ASMEIANSI. B31.3 require that piping which undergoes a large, rapid tem- perature change be considered to experience severe cycle conditions as defined in para. 300.2?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 8-10
Subject: ASMUANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Paras. 341.4.1, 341.4.3, and 344.2.1; Visual Examination - Internal Inspection
Date Issued: November 16, 1989
File: B31-89-019
Question: Is it the intent of ASMUANSI B31.3, paras. 344.2.1,341.4.1 , and 341.4.3 that random or 100% visual examination of weld internal surfaces requires indirect observation by aids such as borescopes?
Reply: No. The intent of ASMUANCI B31.3, para. 344.2.1 is that the phrase “...or can be exposed to view ...” refers to direct visual examination.
86
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASMUANSI 831.3-1 987 Edition, Table A-I ; Minimum Ultimate Tensile Strength and Allowable Stresses for ASTM B 464, Grade 20 Cb
Date Issued: November 16, 1989
File: B31-89-020
Question (I): Are the correct specified minimum tensile strength (SMTS) and basic allowable stresses listed in ASMVANSI B31.3, Table A- i for ASTM B 464 Grade 20 Cb (UNS N08020)?
Reply (I): No. The SMTS should be 80 ksi. The basic allowable stresses are being revised for inclusion in a future addenda to ASMVANSI 831.3.
Question (2): For ASTM 8464 Grade 20 Cb may the allowable stresses in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division I, Table UNF-23.3 be used for design of ASMUANSI
. B31.3 piping.
Reply (2): Yes, but the allowable stresses must be adjusted by the appropriate weld joint factor.
Interpretation: 8-1 2
Subject: ASMUANSI B31.3-I 987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988; Postweld Heat Treatment - Seal Welding
Date Issued: November 16, 1989
File: 831-89-023
Question: What are the requirements of ASMVANSI 831.3 regarding preheating and postweld heat treatment of rings or similar welded parts in the manufacture of valves?
Reply: ASME/ANSI 831.3 does not address this subject.
Interpretation: 8-1 3
' Subject: ASMVANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Paras. 31 8 and 328.5.4; Fillet Welds
Date issued: November 16, 1989
File: 831-89-028
Question: Does ASMVANSI B31.3 permit the use of fillet welds as the primary pressure con-
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of ASMUANSI B31.3, paras. 328.5.4 and 318 are met.
taining welds for special (proprietary) joints?
87
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME/ANSI 831.3-1 987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Paras. A304, A328.2.1 , A328.2.5, and A328.5; Bonding Qualification Test, Joint Limitations
Date Issued: November 16,1989
File: B31-89-034
Question (I ): Applying the rules of ASMWANSI B31.3, para. A328.2.5(a), the required bonding qualification test assembly should consist of at least one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-to-fitting joint. Is a pipe-to-pipe joint required for solvent cemented joints in thermoplastic piping?
Reply (I): Yes.
Question (2): In ASMUANSI B31.3, para. A328.2.5(a), is a pipe-to-fitting joint required for hot gas welded joints in thermoplastic piping?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Applying the rules of ASMUANSI B31.3, para. A304, the required test pressure for the bonding qualification test assembly specified in para. 328.2.5(b) may exceed the minimum burst pressure of the plastic components. Is this the intent of ASMWANSI B31.31
Reply (3): ASME/ANSI B31.3 does not address the issue of minlmum burst strength.
Question (4); Is it in violation of ASMUANSI 631.3 to conduct hot gas bonded welds with joints in.?
Reply (4): No, ASMUANSI 831.3, para. A328.5.2(a) states recommendations for joint dimen-
that have a root face and root gap other than
sions. See the requirements of para. A328,2.1 (b).
-Question (5) : In ASMUANSI B31.3, paras. A328.5.3 and A328.5.4, does the word "fillet"-apply to heat fusion joints?
Reply (5): Yes.
Question (6): ASMUANSI B31.3, para. A328.5.3(b) states that assembly'of the surfaces to be joined shall produce a small fillet of cement at the outer limits of the joint. if, after the joint cures and the cement dries, there are areas at the outer limits that do not exhibit a small fillet, is the joint rejectable?
Reply (6): Yes.
aa
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASMUANSI B31.3-i 987 Edition With Addenda B31.3b-1988, Paras. 345.1 and 345.9; Leak Testing
Date issued: November 16, 1989
File: B31-89-035
Question (I): Where leak testing a system follows guidelines under ASMUANSI 831.3, para. 345.1 (c), does ASMUANSI 831.3 require that all items under para. 345.9 be performed (345.9.1, 345.9.2, and 345.9.3)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Where tying a newly constructed SMVANSI 831.3 normal fluid service piping system into an existing piping system, and the tie-in weld cannot be isolated for hydrostatic or pneumatic testing, and the conditions of para, 345.1 (c) do not apply, what does ASMUANSI B31.3 require for leak testing?
Reply (2): ASMUANSI B31.3 does not address leak testing under these cir¿umstances.
Interpretation: 8-1 6
Subject: ASMUANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-i 988, Para. 302.3.5; Stresses due to Cold Spring
Date issued: November 16, 1989
File:. B31-89-036
Qùestion: In accordance with ASMUANSI B31.3, para. 302.3.5(c), is it required to include the stresses due to cold spring in the sustained longitudinal stress S,?
Reply: No.
89
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
ASMUANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Paras. 300 and 300.1 and Fig. 300.1 .I, Applicability - Offshore Platform
File: 831 -89-01 7.
Question: At what point does the coverage of ASMWANSI B31.3 end in piping connected to a launcher/receiver for a pipeline pig and a pipeline/riser on án offshore platform?
Reply: Except as stated in para. 300.1 .i (c) and shown in Fig. 300.1 ,i, ASMVANSI B31.3 does not specify limits of coverage; it is the owner's responsibility to specify the appropriate B31 Code break points. See para. 300(b)(i 1.
Interpretation: 8-1 8
Subject: ASMUANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Para. 304.5.1 and Table A-1 ; Materials/Fittings - Use of Two Grades
Date Issued; April 20, 1990
File: B31-89-033
Question (I 1: When using stainless steel materials that meet ASTM requirements for two grades (e.g. 304/304L or 316/316L) in B31.3 piping, may the design be based on the allowable stresses tabulated in ASMEIANSI B31.3, Table A-i for the straight grade through 1000°F and for the L grade above 1 OOO'F?
Reply (I): Yes.
Question (2): May stainless steel flanges and flanged fittings, that meet ASTM requirements for two grades (eng. 304/304L or 31 6/31 6L) be qualified by ASMUANSI 831.3, para. 304.5.1 for design temperatures above' 800°F and 850"F, respectively?
Reply (2): Yes; L grade stresses must be used above 1000°F.
~- ~ ~ -~ ~~ ~-
90
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASMVANSI B31.3-i987 Edition, Paras. 323.1 .I and 323.1.2; Material Reidentifica- tion
Date Issued: May 7, 1990
File: 831 -89-043
Question (I): Does ASMVANSI B31.3 require that materis,; conforming to para. 323.1.1 or 323.1.2 be reidentified after cutting for fabrication?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): Does ASME/ANSI B31.3 have qualification requirements for an individual who reidentifies material?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 8-20
Subject: ASMVANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, Para. 332.2.1; Bends - Requirements for
Date issued: May 7, i990
File: B31-89-044
Question: In accordance with ASMUANSI B31.3, para. 332.2.1, is it permissible to reduce the outside diameter of the bend by grinding if the wall thickness required by the design is maintained?
Reply: ASME/ANSI 831.3 does not address- this subject.
Interpretation: 8-21
Subject: ASMUANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Para. 330; Preheat Requirements - Welding Procedure Specification
Date Issued: May 7, 1990
File: B31-89-045
Question: In.accordance with ASMVANSI B31.3, para. 330, for temperature verification, extent of preheat zone, and limitations on interruption of welding, is it required that the welding procedure specification detail these requirements?
Reply: No.
91
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASMUANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through, B31.3b-I 988, Para. 331 .I .7; Hardness Tests - Procedure Qualification Records
Date Issued: May 7, 1990
File: B31-89-046
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 331 .I -7, is it reqL.:ed that hardness tests
Reply: No.
be verified on procedure qualification records?
Interpretation: 8-23
Subject: ASMUANSI B31.3-I987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-I 988, Para. 330.1; Preheat Temperature - Procedure Qualification
Date Issued: May 7, 1990
File: B31-89-047
Question: In meeting the requirements of ASMUANSI 831.3, para. 330.1.1 for preheat tem- peratures, is it necessary to comply with the values in Table 330.1 .I, or can the requirements of the BPV Code, Section IX be used?
Reply: ASMUANSI B31.3, Table 330.1.1 applies, except for those values which are listed as recommendations.
Interpretation: 8-24
Subject: ' ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3~-I 989, Table 331 .I .I; Heat Treatment Requirements
Date Issued: May 7, 1990
File: 831 -89-050
Question: In meeting the requirements of ASMUANSI B31.3, Table 331 .i .i for heat treatment .of materials in P-Nos. SP-i through SP-5, what heat treatment is necessary if the engineering design does not specify the requirements?
Reply: ASMUANSI B31.3 does not designate a specific heat treatment procedure for these materials, For conformance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, the engineering design must establish proce- dures in accordance with Note (1) of Table 331 .i . I .
92
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
831.3 Interpretations No. 8 a - 2 ~ ~ a - 2 6 ~ a - 2 7
Interpretation: 8-25
Subject: ASMVANSI 931.3-1 987 Edition With Addenda Through 931.3~-1989, Para. 302.3.2 and Table A-I; Stress Value for A 387, Grade 9, Classes I and 2
Date Issued: May 7, i990
File: 931 -89-051
Question: Basic allowable stresses for listed materials ASTM A 387, Grade 9, Class i and Class 2 are not listed in ASMVANSI 931.3. May the rules of para. 302.3.2(d) be used for calculating the allowable stresses at 100°F for ASTM A 387, Grade 9, Classes 1 and 2 materials?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 8-26
Subject: ASMVANSI 931.3-1 987 Edition With Addenda Through 931.3b-i 988, Paras. 341.4.1 and 344.2; Visual Examination - Small Bore Piping
Date Issued: May 7, 1990
File: 931 -90-001
Question: Should small bore piping systems be excluded from ASMVANSI 931.3 because it is
Reply: No. The engineering design may specify any measures necessary to supplement visual
impractical to conduct "direct" visual examination of internal imperfections?
examination within the requirements of ASMVANSI B31.3, para. 344.2.
Interpretation: 8-27
Date Issued:
File:
Question (
Subject: ASMVANSI 931.3-1 987 Edition With Addenda Through 931.3~-1989, Fig. 328.5.29; Double-Welded Slip-On Flange - Dimension
May 7, 1990
931 -90-007
): Is it the intent of ASMVANSI 931.3, Fig. 328.5.29 sketch (I), to have the inside fillet weld some distance below the face of the slip-on flange?
Reply (I): Yes.
Question (2): What is the acceptable range of that dimension?
Reply (2): ASMVANSI B31.3 does not specify a range for that dimension.
93
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASMVANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3~-I 989, Fig. 328.4.4; Branch Pipe Projection Into Run Pipe
Date Issued: May 7, 1990
File: 831 -90-008
Question: In accordance with ASMUANSI B31.3, Fig. 328.4.4 sketch (c), is there a maximum distance that the branch pipe can project into the run pipe?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 8-29
Subject: ASMVANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3~-i 989, Table 323.3..1 and Para. 328.2.1 ; Impact Requirements in Qualifying a Welding Procedure
Date Issued: May 7, 1990
File: B31-90-009
Question: In accordance with ASMUANSI B31.3, para. 328.2.1(d), when impact testing is re- quired by ASMUANSI 831.3 or the engineering design in qualifying a welding procedure, does this requirement apply to both fabricators and manufacturers?
Reply: Yes.
94
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME/ANSI B31.3-i 987 Edition With Addenda Through B3l.3~-1989, Paras. 300(c)(2) and 323.3.4; Impact Testing Methods and Acceptance Criteria Below - 320°F
Date issued: May 7, 1990
File: B31-90-01 O
Question (1): Does ASMVANSI B31.3 permit the use of other toughness testing methods .in place of Charpy impact testing for systems with a minimum design temperature below - 320"F?
Reply (i): No.
Question (2): Does ASMUANSI 831.3 prohibit the use of other testing methods and/or analysis to supplement Charpy testing to evaluate materials for use below - 320'F
Reply (2): No. See para. 300(c)2.
Question (3): Can the Charpy testing requirements of ASMUANSI 831.3 be satisfied by testing at - 320'F, even though the minimum design temperature is - 423'F?
Reply (3): No; see para. 323.3.4.
Interpretation: 8-31
Subject: ASMUANSI B31.3-I 987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3~-1989, Paras. 345 and 345.2.2; Leak Test as Nondestructive Examination
Date Issued: May 7, i990
File: B31-90-01 I
Question (I): In accordance with ASMUANSI B31.3, para. 345, are all forms of leak testing described considered to be nondestructive examination?
Reply (i): No. ASMUANSI B31.3 does not classify leak testing as examination.
Question (2): Does ASMUANSI B31.3 have requirements for the personnel that perform leak testing?
Reply (2): No; however, the examination for leaks required in ASMUANSI 831.3, para. 345.2.2 should be by personnel qualified for visual examination.
95
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASMUANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3~-I 989, Para. 341.3.2 and Table 341.3.2A; Acceptance Criteria - Liquid Penetrant and Mqgnetic Particle
Date Issued: May 7, i 990
File: B31-90-012.
Question: In accordance with ASMUANSI B31.3, para. 341.3.2, for the determination of an imperfection using liquid penetrant or magnetic particle examination techniques, is it the size of the indication or the size of the discontinuity that is used in the determination of acceptance or rejection?
Reply: ASMUANSI B31.3 specifies liquid penetrant and magnetic particle examination for the detection of cracks only, and all cracks are rejectable.
Interpretation: 8-33
Subject: ASME/ANSI 831.3-1 987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3~-1989, Para. A314 and Table 314.2.1; Plastic Lined Pipe - Use of Screwed Flanges
Date issued: May 7, 1990
File: 831-90-01 3
Question: Does ASME/ANSI 831.3 prohibit the use of threaded flanges on plastic lined metallic pipe?
Reply: No; threaded joints within the size ranges and 1imitati.ons in accordance with ASMUANSI B31.3, Table 314.2.1 may be used. Safeguarding may be required; see Note (4) of Table 314.2.1.
Interpretation: 8-34
Subject: ASMEYANSI B31.3-i 987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3~-I 989, Tables 326.1 and A-I ; Dual Certified Materials and Components
Date Issued: May 7, 7990
File: B31-90-014
Question (I): For temperatures not exceeding 100O0F, may ASMUANSI 831.3 piping systems be constructed of dual certified stainless steels (e.g. 304/304L) using Table A-I stresses for the straight grades?
Reply (I): Yes.
Question (2): May the pressure-temperature rating for the straight grade of the corresponding materials for components listed in ASMUANSI B31.3, Table 326.1 be used?
Reply (2): The requirements of the referenced standards apply.
96
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASMUANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3~-I 989, Paras. M307.2 and MA323.4.2; Category M Fluid Service - Double Contained Piping; Use of Valves
Date Issued: May 7, .i 990
File: 831 -90-01 5
Question (1): Does ASMUANSI 831.3 require the use of double contained piping systems for Category M Fluid Service?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASMUANSI 831.3, para. MA323.4.2 permit the use of a double contained thermoplastic piping system for Category M Fluid Service?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does ASMUANSI 831.3, para. M307.2 require the use of fire safe (fire tested) valves for Category M Fluid Service?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation: 8-36
Subject: ASMUANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3~-1989, Table A-i ; Use of Plate Material for Pipe
Date Issued: May 7, 1990
File: B31-90-016
Question: Is pipe fabricated in accordance with ASMUANSI 831.3, from a listed plate material (e.g., A 51 6 Gr, 60) without reference to a pipe specification (such as ASTM A 671 1, acceptable per ASMUANSI B31.31
Reply: Yes.
97
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
ASMVANSI B31.3-i 987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3~-I 989, Para. '304.3.3 and Figs. 304.3.3 and K328.5.4; Area Replacement - Definitions
File: B31-90-017
Question: In accordance with ASMVANSI 831.3, para, 304.3.3, what is the correct value of Tb to be used in calculation i, for the branch connection shape shown in the lower half of Fig. K328.5.41 Is Tb based upon the reinforcing barrel of the fitting or the wall thickness of the matching branch pipe?
Reply: The value of 76 to be used in calculation L, for the referenced fitting is the nominal thickness of the reinforcing barrel less manufacturing mill tolerances, provided that the increased barrel thickness is uniform and extends at least to the 1, limit as shown in Fig. 304.3.3. Otherwise, Tb is the nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe, less manufacturing mill tolerance.
Interpretation: 8-38
Subject: ASMUANSI 831.3-1 987 Edition, Paras. 341.4.2 and 341.5 and Table 341.3.2A; Cat- egory D Fluid Service
Date Issued: May 25, 1990
File: B31-89-049
Question (I): In accordance with ASMWANSI B31.3, Table 341 .3.2A, what acceptance criteria
Reply (I): ASME/ANSI-B31.3 does not address radiography for Category D Fluid Service welds.
Question (2): In accordance with ASMVANSI 831.3, may the owner specify radiography as a
should be used for Category D Fluid Service pipe welds which have been radiographed?
supplementary examination to be performed on Category D Fluid Service piping?
Reply (2): Yes; in accordance with ASMUANSI B31.3, para. 341.5.
Question (3): In accordance with ASMVANSI B31.3, para. 341.4.2 and Table 341 .3.2A, if ra- diography is performed on Category D Fluid Service pipe welds, and was not specified by the engineering design, should the radiography be disregarded?
Reply (3): ASME/ANSI B31.3 does not address this subject.
98
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
5.01. 5.15. 6-06 Appendix E [Appendix KI ...................... .1.44. 5-1 O Appendix F [F323.2] ................................ 1.29 Appendix G ....................................... 5.12 Appendix H ...................................... -8-06 Appendix J ........................ .1.28, 1.54. 1.75. 5-04 Appendix M .................................. .6.01. 8-09 Case 137 ........................................... 3-1 Case 141 .......................................... 1-51
Cumulative Index . 631.3 Interpretations Vols . 1-8
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Allowable Stresses ................................ -4-1 2 bases for .......................... .1.18. 3-1 3. 8-1 1. 8-25 for ASTM A 312 .................................... 1.29 for ASTM A 387 .................................... 8.25 for ASTM A 570 .................................... 1.38 for ASTM A 587 ................................... . l-1 3 for ASTM A 671 .................................... 1-48 for ASTM B 464 .................................... 8.11 for austenitic stainless steels ........................... 3.13 Alternative Tests for Category D fluid service .......................... 1.36 requirements ....................................... 8.15 sensitive leak test ................................... 1.25 O Au!horized Inspector ................ see Owner's Inspector
Bonding Qualification Test hot gas welded ..................................... 8.14 minimum burst pressure ........................ .7.09. 8-14 solvent cement ..................................... 8.14
Bonds heat fusion ........................................ 8.14 hot gas weldëd ..................................... 8.14 test assembly ...................................... 7.09
Category D Fluid Service alternative pressure test for .......................... . l-36 limitations ................................... .4.13. 5-03 radiographic examination ............................. 8.38
Category M Fluid Service clarification of term ................................. 1.73 double contained piping .............................. 8.35 leak test ........................................... 6.08 liquid oxygen ...................................... 8.09 requirements ....................................... 8.35 tubing size limitations ................................ 2.13 "very smaii quantity" ............................... . l-40
Code Coverage 831.3 versus 631.4 ........................... .1.47. 7-10 general hydrocarbon service .......................... 6.01 in-line sensing devices ............................... 8.01 new and replacement piping .......................... 5.22 offshore platform ................................... 8.17 oil heating system ................................... 4.19 synfuel plant piping ........................... .1.52, 2-26 tobacco plant piping .................................. 3.1
Componenfs (see also fittings, flanges, standard componenfs, and valves)
Impact Tests absorbed energy data ................................ -2.9 alternative methods ................................. 8-30 base metal ......................................... 4-01 exclusions from ......................... . l-76, 5-1 4, 8-30 heat treatment required .............................. 5.19 in qualifying procedures .............................. 8.29 of aluminum filler metals ............................. 2.19 of austenitic stainless steel ............................ 1.65 of bolting materials .................................. 4.15 of the heat affected zone ....................... .1.76, 5-21 of weldments ...................... .1.12, 1.65, 1.76, 5-21 temperature limitation ......................... .5.14. 8-30
Imperfections (see also Acceptance Criteria) concave root surface ........................... .1.1. 6-04 determination of .................................... 8.32 lack of fusion ...................................... 5.09 porosity ............................ .1.9, 5.13, 5.16, 5-20 slag inclusion ...................................... 5.20 tungsten inclusions ............................. .1.9, 5-17 undercutting ............................. .1.14, 2.8, 6-04
ASTM A 312. ASTM A 403 ......................... 2.20
joints circumferential bands ................................ 5.1 í exposed during test ............................ .2.6. 3-10 instrument tubing ................................... 7.07 special ............................................ 8.13
leak Tests acceptance criteria .................................. . l-2 alternative ......................... .4.09, 5.07, 6.08. 8-15 as nondestructive examination ......................... 8.31 for Category D fluid service .......................... 1.36 for system designed for
isolation of test pump ................................. 1.2 leakage ........................................... -1-4 minimum hydrostatic test
pressure ................................... .2.23. 4-04 minor repairs and additions ............................ 1.2 of discharge piping .................................. 1.72 of newly constructed
systems .......................... . l-4, 5.02, 5.22, 8-1 5 of piping and vessel ................................ . í-63 of piping connecting
equipment ........................................ 3.3 of replacement piping ............................... 5.22 painting before test ........................ .2.6, 3.10, 5-23 personnel qualification ............................... 8.31 preparation for ...................... .2.6, 3.10. 5-02., 5-23 reduced pressure
(hydrostatic test) ............................ .1.61, 2-23 sensitive ......................................... . l-25 temperature correction for ...................... . l-35, 1-43
O psi ............................................ 2.31
Limitations on imperfections ......................... see imperfections on hardness ........................................ 2.2 on tubing size ................................. .2.13, 3-6
low Temperature Requirements ......................... see Impact Tests
Subiect Interpretation
No . - Materials API 5L .............................. 1.78. 2.4. 3.9. 3-1 1.
6.01. 6-06 API 5LX., .......................................... 2.4 ASTM A 234 ...................................... 2.20 ASTM A 312 ........................... .1.29. 1.77. 2-20 ASTM A 403 ................................ .1.77. 2-20 ASTMA487 ...................................... 8-07 ASTM A 5 3 7 ....................................... 2-1 ASTM A 570 ...................................... 1.38 ASTM A 587 ...................................... 1-13 ASTM A 633 ...................................... 1.11 ASTM A 658 ....................................... 3-8 ASTM A 671 ..................................... -1-48 ASTM B241 ....................................... 2-19 ASTM B 337 ....................................... 4-18 certification .................................. .5.10. 8-02 conforming to two grades ...................... .8.18. 8-34 notch sensitive ..................................... 2.22 reidentification ..................................... 8.19 toughness requirements .............................. 5.19
Miter Bends pressure design of ............................. .1.22. 5-11
Near Straight Sawtooth
explanation of ...................................... 1.33 Runs
Nomenclature d ................................................ 1.54
t" ................................................ 1-75 T ................................................ 1-28
- T , .5-04, 5-16 ..........................................
Nonmetallic Piping in Category M Fluid Service .......................... 8.35 joint requirements ............................. .7.09. 8-14
Preheat .............................. see Heat Treatment
Pressure Design for elevated temperatures ............................. 3.4 in the high pressure range ............................ 1.68 of extruded headers ............................ 1.2 1. 1-70 of miter bends ..................................... 1.21 of pipe ............................ 1.42, 1.54, 1.57, 1.68,
of valves .......................................... 8.04
records ........................................... 1.1 O requirements ....................................... 6.04 selection of welds for
examination ...................................... 2-25 aspot radiography .............................. .1.62. 3-12 when PWHT is required ......................... 1.64. 2-4
Records certification .................................. .5.10. 8-02 of hardness tests .................................... 8.22 for radiographic examination .......................... 1-10 retention of ........................................ 1.1 O
displacement stress range ............................. 7.04 due to cold spring ................................... 8.16 due to occasional loads ............................. -2-1 6 due to pressure surges ............................... 1.50 due to seismic loads ................................. 2.17 due to thermal gradients .............................. 3.4 longitudinal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.20, 1.50, 2-1 5, 2.24, 4-1 O,
Replies to Technical Inquiries May 1 , 1988, Through April 30, 1989
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 631 Committee concerning B31.3 as part of the subscription service. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. An interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation or, if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. The interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply, bearing the original intrepretation number with the suffix R, is presented.
ASM E procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional infor- mation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons ag- grieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the 831 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpreta- tions by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
2333
69
F-11 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
7-01 Paras . 302.2.4, 302.3.5, and 31 9.2.3; Allowable Stress-Calculating Displacement
Stress Range ............................................................ 7-04 Paras . 304.3.3 and 328; Spacing of Welds ..................................... 7-02
7-03 Para . 328.5.4(0 and Fig . 328.5.4D; Branch Reinforcement ........................ 7-08 Para . A327.2.4; Qualification Test for CPVC Piping ............................... 7-09 Paras . K315 and K322.3; Tubing Joints-Instrument Piping ....................... 7-07
7-06
Para . 305.2.3, and Tables A-1 and A-1 8; Spiral Welded Pipe ......................
Table 327.4.1A; Weld Acceptance Criteria-Concavity and Convexity ..............
Subject: ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition, Paras. 300(c)(3) and (51, and 302.3.5; Longitudinal Stresses and Longitudinal Bending Stresses-Sustained Loads
Date issued: May 24, 1988
Item: 83 1 -87-022*
Question (1): In accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, para. 302.3.5(c), when calculating the longitudinal stresses due to pressure, weight and other sustained loads, should the thickness of pipe used in calculating SL be the nominal thickness minus mechanical, corrosion, and erosion allowances but not minus the manufacturer's mill tolerance?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): in accordance with ANSJ/ASME 831.3, para. 302.3.5k) when calculating the longitudinal bending stresses due to sustained loads, what stress intensification factors should be applied?
Reply (2): ANSI/ASME 831.3 does not address the application of stress intensification factors for longitudinal stress due to sustained loads; but see ANSI/ASME 831.3, paras. 300(c)(3) and (5).
Interpretation: 7-01
Subject: ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition with Addenda through B31.3~-1986, Paras. 301.2, 302.2.4, and 322.6.3; Pressure Relief Device Set Pressure
Date Issued: May 24, 1988
File: 831-87-021
Question: In accordance with ANSIIASME 831.3, paras. 301.2 and 322.6.3, may the set pressure of a single pressure relieving device for a piping system be chosen higher than the design pressure of the piping system provided para. 302.2.4 is satisfied for the maximum relieving pressure?
2335
Reply: No.
F- 13
73
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASMEIANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 304.3.3 and 328; Spacing of Welds
Date Issued: May 24, 1988
File: 83 1-87-039
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI 831.3, are there requirements or guidelines on the minimum distance between welds in a pipe?
Reply: No, except as provided in para. 304.3.3(e).
Interpretation: 7-03
Subject: ASME/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, Para. 305.2.3, and Tables A-1 and A-1 6; Spiral Welded Pipe
Date issued: May 24, 1988
File: 83 1-87-040
Question (1): In accordance with ASME/ANSI 631.3, Table A-1, does ASTM A 671 and A 672 as listed, apply for both straight welded pipes and spiral welded pipes?
Reply (i): No. ASTM A 671 and A 672 do not include spiral welded pipe. ASTM specifications covering spiral welded pipe include "spiral welding" in their scope. These include ASTM A 134, A 139 and A 21 1. API-5L also includes spiral welding. See ASME/ANSI 631.3, Table A-1 6.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME/ANSI 631.3, para. 305.2.3, can carbon steel spiral welded pipe be used for severe cyclic service?
74
2 336
Reply (2): No.
F- 14 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ASME/ANSi B31.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 302.2.4, 302.3.5, and 319.2.3; Allowable Stress-Calculating Displacement Stress Range
Date Issued: May 24, 1988
File: B31-87-041
Question (1 1: In accordance with ASME/ANSi 831.3, para. 302.3.5, should the basic allowable stress at maximum metal temperature .Sh used for calculating the allowable displacement stress range, be for the normal upper temperature under operating conditions, and exclude all short-time excursions above such normal operating temperature?
Reply (1 1: No. in accordance with para. 31 9.2.3, the allowable displacement stress range is based on the maximum and minimum temperatures for the displacement cycle under analysis.
Question ( 2 ) : Are the provisions of ASME/ANSI 831.3, para. 302.2.4 applicable for establishing the allowable displacement stress range for flexibility analysis?
Reply ( 2 ) : No.
2 337
75
G- 1 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Subject: ANSi/ASME 831.3-1 984 Edition with Addenda through 831.3~-1986, Paras. 300(c)(3), 302.3.5, 319.2.3 and 31 9.7; Piping Supports
Date Issued: May 24, 1988
File: 831-88-001
Question (1 1: When a pipe moves away from a support, should the longitudinal stresses for the pipe in the installed position, or the longitudinal stresses for the pipe in the operating position, or both, be compared to ANSi/ASME 631.3 allowable in accordance with para. 302.3.5(c)?
Reply (1): Both. See also para. 300(c)(3).
Question (2): Does ANSI/ASME 831.3 require the evaluation of the secondary effects of pressure, such as pressure expansion and elongation or the Bourdon effect with bends?
Reply (2): No. See also para. 300(c)(3).
Question (3): Does ANSI/ASME 831.3 address the stresses caused by axial forces in the displace- ment stress calculations?
Reply (3): No. See also paras. 300(c)(3) and 319.7.
Question (4): What is the ANSI/ASME 831.3 definition of "displacement stress range"?
Reply (4): The displacement stress range is defined in para. 319.2.3 as "the algebraic difference between the extreme displacement condition and the original (as installed) condition (or any anticipated condition with a greater differential effect)."
Interpretation: 7-06
Subject: ANSI/ASME 831.3-1 984 Edition with the 831.3a-1984 Addenda, Table 327.4.1A; Weid Acceptance Criteria-Concavity and Convexity
Date Issued: May 24, 1988
File: 83 1-88-002
Question: Is it the intent of ANSi/ASME 831.3 to interpret concavity and convexity by radiogra- phy on welds required by 831.3 or the engineering design to be radiographed when this interpretation can not be made by visual examination?
Reply: For concavity, yes. ANSI/ASME 831.3 does not address convexity except as "internal protrusion" or "external reinforcement," neither of which is evaluated by radiography.
76
2338 G- 2 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI 831.3, para. 328.5.4(0, is the attachment weld be- tween the reinforcement member and the run pipe required for a full encirclement type reinforcement installation?
Reply: ASME/ANSI 83 1.3 does not specifically address full encirclement branch reinforcement. The Committee will be studying this item for possible future revisions.
Interpretation: 7-09
Subject: ANSI/ASME 831.3-1984 Edition, Para. A327.2.4; Qualification Test for CPVC Piping
Date Issued: December 8, 1988
Item: 831 -88-021
Question: For CPVC plastic piping, is there a discrepancy between the hydrostatic test require- ments in para. A327.2.4 for qualifying a bonding procedure specification (BPS) and the hydrostatic burst strength requirement for solvent cemented joints in ASTM F 493?
2 3 3 9
Reply: No. ANSI/ASME 831.3, para. A327.2.4 requires that a test assembly containing joints withstand a hydrostatic test pressure of four times the design pressure. ASTM F 493 qualifies the cement used in the joint.
77
G- 3 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Question: Which section of the ASME/ANSI 631 Code for Pressure Piping covers piping for a transmission line between an oil terminal and a tank farm part of the piping being accessible to the public?
Reply: ASME/ANSI 831.3 and 831.4; see Fig. 300.1.1 of 831.3.
78
2340 6-4 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Allowable Stresses ................................. 4.12 bases for .................................... .1.18. 3-13 for ASTM A 312 .................................... 1-29 for ASTM A 570 .................................... 1-38 for ASTM A 587 .................................... 1-13 for ASTM A 671 .................................... 1-48 for austenitic stainless steels ........................... 3-13
Alternative Tests for Category D fluid service .......................... 1.36 sensitive leak test .................................. . l-25
Authorized inspector ................ see Owner's Inspector
Category D Fluid Service alternative pressure test for .......................... . l-36 limitations ................................... .4.13, 5-03
Subiect ïnterpretation
No . -
Category M Fluid Service clarification of term ................................. i-73 leak test ........................................... 6.08 tubing size limitations ................................ 2.13 "very small quantity" ............................... . l-40
Code Coverage 831.3 versus 831.4 ........................... .1.47. 7-10 general hydrocarbon service .......................... 6.01 new and replacement piping .......................... 5.22 oil heating system ................................... 4.19 synfuel piant piping ........................... .1.52, 2-26 tobacco plant piping .................. .i ............... 3.1
Compressors internal piping ...................................... . l -8
Earthquake .................................. see Seismic
Examination
in process ......................................... 3.14 progressive .................... .see Progressive Examination radiographic .................. see Radiographic Examination
extent of ..................................... 1.24. 5-18
random ........................... 1.27. 1.45. 1.62. 2.12. 2.32. 4-12
Impact lests absorbed energy data ................................. 2.9 base metal ......................................... 4-01 exclusions from .............................. . l-76, 5-14 heat treatment required .............................. 5.19 of aluminum filler metals ............................. 2.19
. of austenitic stainless steel ........................... . l-65 of bolting materials .................................. 4.15 of the heat affected zone ....................... .1.76, 5-21 of weldments ...................... .1.12, 1.65, 1.76, 5-21 temperature limitation ............................... 5.14
leak Tests acceptance criteria .................................. . l -2 alternative .............................. .4.09, 5.07, 6-08 for Category D fluid service ......................... . l -36 for system designed for
isolation of test pump ................................. 1.2 leakage ........................................... . 1-4 minimum hydrostatic test
pressure ................................... .2.23, 4-04 minor repairs and additions ........................... . 1-2 of discharge piping .................................. 1.72 of newly constructed
systems ............................... .1.4, 5.02, 5-22 of piping and vessel ................................. 1.63 of piping connecting
equipment ........................................ 3-3 of replacement piping ............................... 5.22 painting before test ........................ .2.6, 3.10, 5-23 preparation for ...................... .2.6, 3.10, 5.02. 5-23 reduced pressure
(hydrostatic test) ............................ .1.61, 2-23 temperature correction for ...................... . l-35, 1-43
O psi ........................................... 2-31
íd)
23644
Cumulative Index . 631.3 Interpretations Vols . 1-7
G - 8 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=Bogazici University/5964815002, User=ahmadi, rozita
Not for Resale, 04/02/2015 11:03:13 MDTNo reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
limitations on imperfections ......................... see Imperfections on hardness ........................................ 2-2 on tubing size .................................. 2.1 3. 3-6
l o w Temperature Requirements ......................... see Impact Tests
Materials API 5L .............................. 1.78. 2.4. 3.9. 3.11.
API 5LX ................................. ASTM A 234 ............................ ASTM A 312 ............................ ASTM A 403 ............................ ASTM A 537 ............................ ASTM A 570 ............................ ASTM A 587 ............................ ASTM A 633 ............................ ASTM A 658 .............................
Positions qualification of welding ............................. . l -66
Postweld Heat Treatment .............. see Heat Treatment
Pressure Design for elevated temperatures ............................. 3.4 in the high pressure range ........................... . l-68 of extruded headers ........................... .1.21, 1-70 of miter bends .................................... . l -2 1 of pipe ............................ 1.42. 1.54, 1.57. 1.68.
Records certificatiorr ........................................ 5.10 for radiographic examination .......................... 1.10 retention of ........................................ 1.10
Reinforcement. Branch attachment weld .............................. .4.03. 7-08 clarification of terms ................................. 1.37 limits of ........................................... 2.27
Repairs to welds .......................................... 2-18
displacement stress range ............................. 7.04 due to occasional loads .............................. 2.16 due to pressure surges .............................. . l-50 due to seismic loads ................................. 2.17 due to thermal gradients .............................. 3.4 longitudinal . .................. 1.20, 1.50, 2.15, 2.24. 4.10.
r
Allowable Stresses)
4.12. 6-03R (Vol . 7). 6.07. 7-05
Stress Intensification Factors
basis for .......................................... 1.56 branch connections .................................. 2.7 for B16.9 tees ....................................... 1-7 for fabricated intersections ....................... .1.6. 5-15 for tees ........................... .1-46. 1.55. 1.71. 5-01 for welded elbows .................................. . l -6
application of .................... 1.34. 2.24. 6-03R (Vol . 7)
Temperature limitations ................................... .4.13. 5-14 reduction .......................................... 4.11